biblatex-sbl (11oct16)

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@42278 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

24 files changed, 10467 insertions, 1 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/README.md b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..256a6bee7ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+# biblatex-sbl — SBL style files for biblatex
+
+This package provides biblatex support for citations in the format specified by the second edition of the Society of Biblical Literature (SBL) Handbook of Style.
+
+All example notes and bibliography entries from the handbook are supported.
+
+## Documentation
+
+* `biblatex-sbl.pdf`: Style usage and documentation summary.
+* `biblatex-sbl.bib`: Database entries for all example citations in the handbook.
+* `biblatex-sbl-test.pdf`: Example usage for all example citations in the handbook.
+* `biblatex-sbl-ibid.pdf`: Example usage of *ibidem* and *idem* settings.
+* `sbl-paper.sty`: A style file for papers matching the Student Supplement to the SBLHS.
+* `sbl-paper-bibleref.ist`: An index style file for printing a Scripture Reference Index (used with `sbl-paper.sty`).
+* `sbl-paper.tex`: An example paper using `sbl-paper.sty`.
+
+## Manual Installation
+
+* Copy `biblatex-sbl.def`, `sbl.cbx`, `sbl.bbx`, `sbl.dbx`, and `*.lbx` into `$TEXMFHOME/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/`
+* Copy `*.pdf` and `sbl-paper.tex` into `$TEXMFHOME/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/`
+* Copy `sbl-paper.sty` into `$TEXMFHOME/tex/latex/sbl-paper/`
+* Copy `sbl-paper-bibleref.ist` into `$TEXMFHOME/makeindex/sbl-paper/`
+* Copy `biblatex-sbl.bib` into `$TEXMFHOME/bibtex/bib/biblatex-sbl/`
+
+You can find `$TEXMFHOME` by running:
+
+```        
+kpsewhich -var-value=TEXMFHOME
+```
+
+## Requirements
+
+The following packages are required:
+
+* `biblatex` (version 3.5 or higher) with the `biber` backend
+* `xparse`
+
+## Licence
+
+```
+Copyright 2015-2016 David Purton
+
+This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+The latest version of this license is in
+    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
+This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+
+The Current Maintainer of this work is David Purton.
+```
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-ibid.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-ibid.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..66a4efa393c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-ibid.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-ibid.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-ibid.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d9d507d7695
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-ibid.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage{microtype}
+\usepackage{fontspec}
+\usepackage{xparse}
+\usepackage{xcolor}
+\usepackage{parskip}
+\usepackage{titlesec}
+\usepackage{imakeidx}
+\makeindex[title=Author Index,intoc]
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+\usepackage[style=sbl,indexing=cite,ibidtracker=constrict,pagetracker,backend=biber]{biblatex}
+\addbibresource{biblatex-sbl.bib}
+
+\setmonofont{DejaVu Sans Mono}[Scale=MatchLowercase]
+\setromanfont{Linux Libertine O}
+\setsansfont{Linux Biolinum O}[
+  BoldItalicFont={* Bold},
+  BoldItalicFeatures={FakeSlant=0.2}
+]
+
+\titleformat{\paragraph}
+{\normalfont\sf\normalsize\bfseries}{\theparagraph}{1em}{}
+\titleformat{\subparagraph}
+{\normalfont\sf\small\scshape}{\thesubparagraph}{1em}{}
+\titlespacing*{\paragraph}{0pt}{2ex plus 1ex minus 0.2ex}{0.5ex}
+\titlespacing*{\subparagraph}{0pt}{1ex plus 0.2ex}{0em}
+
+\titleclass{\subsubparagraph}{straight}[\subparagraph]
+\titleformat{\subsubparagraph}{\normalfont\small\tt}{}{1em}{}
+\titlespacing*{\subsubparagraph}{0pt}{0pt}{0pt}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4} % how many sectioning levels to assign numbers to
+
+\setlength{\parskip}{1ex plus 0.5ex minus 0.25ex}
+
+\definecolor{biblatex-colour}{rgb}{0.25,0.25,0.65}
+\definecolor{reference-colour}{rgb}{0,0.6,0.15}
+
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\NewDocumentCommand \samplemacro { m }
+  {
+    \subsubparagraph*{#1}
+  }
+\NewDocumentCommand \sblrefsamplecite { s m m m o o m }
+  {
+    \IfNoValueTF { #5 }
+      {
+        \IfNoValueT { #6 }
+          {
+            \IfBooleanF { #1 }
+              {
+                \samplemacro{\textbackslash #2\{#7\}}
+              }
+            \color{biblatex-colour}
+            \hspace*{\bibindent}#4\csuse{#3}{#7}
+          }
+      }
+      {
+        \IfNoValueTF { #6 }
+          {
+            \IfBooleanF { #1 }
+              {
+                \samplemacro{\textbackslash #2[#5]\{#7\}}
+              }
+            \color{biblatex-colour}
+            \hspace*{\bibindent}#4\csuse{#3}[#5]{#7}
+          }
+          {
+            \IfBooleanF { #1 }
+              {
+                \samplemacro{\textbackslash #2[#5][#6]\{#7\}}
+              }
+            \color{biblatex-colour}
+            \hspace*{\bibindent}#4\csuse{#3}[#5][#6]{#7}
+          }
+      }
+  }
+\NewDocumentCommand \samplecite { s m o o m }
+  {
+    \rmfamily
+    \IfBooleanTF { #1 }
+      {
+        \sblrefsamplecite*{autocite}{cite}{#2.~}[#3][#4]{#5}.\par
+      }
+      {
+        \sblrefsamplecite{autocite}{cite}{#2.~}[#3][#4]{#5}.\par
+      }
+      \color{black}
+  }
+\NewDocumentCommand \sampleparencite { s o o m }
+  {
+    \rmfamily
+    \IfBooleanTF { #1 }
+      {
+        \sblrefsamplecite*{parencite}{parencite}{}[#2][#3]{#4}\par
+      }
+      {
+        \sblrefsamplecite{parencite}{parencite}{}[#2][#3]{#4}\par
+      }
+      \color{black}
+  }
+\NewDocumentCommand \samplebib { s m }
+  {
+    \IfBooleanF { #1 }
+      {
+        \samplemacro{\textbackslash printbibliography}
+      }
+    \color{biblatex-colour}
+    \rmfamily\hangindent\bibindent\bibentrycite{#2}.\par
+    \color{black}
+  }
+\NewDocumentCommand \samplebiblist { s m }
+  {
+    \IfBooleanF { #1 }
+      {
+        \samplemacro{\textbackslash printbiblist\{abbreviations\}}
+      }
+    \color{biblatex-colour}
+    \biblistcite{#2}
+    \color{black}
+  }
+\NewDocumentCommand \refbiblist { m m }
+  {
+    \color{reference-colour}
+    \strut\rmfamily\hangindent 6em\rlap{#1}\hskip 6em #2\par
+    \color{black}
+  }
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+
+\newenvironment{biboutput}{%
+  \subparagraph{Biblatex Output}
+}{\color{black}}
+
+\newenvironment{refimp}{%
+  \subparagraph{Reference Implementation}
+  \color{reference-colour}
+  \rm
+}{\par\color{black}}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{Biblatex-SBL \emph{ibidem} and \emph{idem} Test File}
+\author{David Purton}
+\maketitle
+
+This file tests the behaviour of the various options related to using
+\emph{ibidem} and \emph{idem} in Biblatex-SBL.
+
+\section*{Basic \emph{ibidem} tracking}
+
+Turn on \emph{ibidem} using the \texttt{ibidtracker} option. By default
+ibid.\@ is used across page breaks and \emph{ibidem} is taking to mean ‘same
+author + same title’. See \texttt{biblatex-sbl.pdf} for a description of the
+options \texttt{ibidtracker} can take.
+
+\boolfalse{pagetracker}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplemacro{\textbackslash usepackage[style=sbl,ibidtracker=constrict,backend=biber]\{biblatex\}}
+  \samplecite{1}[127]{talbert:1992}
+  \samplecite{2}[22]{talbert:1992}
+  \samplecite{3}[22]{talbert:1992}
+  \samplecite{4}[237]{robinson+koester:1971}
+  \samplecite{5}[22]{talbert:1992}
+  \samplemacro{\textbackslash clearpage}
+  \clearpage
+  \samplecite{6}[22]{talbert:1992}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\section*{Tracking \emph{ibidem} across pages}
+
+Set the \texttt{pagetracker} option to \texttt{true} to ensure that the first
+citation on a page is never ibid. 
+
+\booltrue{pagetracker}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplemacro{\textbackslash usepackage[style=sbl,ibidtracker=constrict,pagetracker,backend=biber]\{biblatex\}}
+  \samplecite{7}[53]{scott+etal:1993}
+  \samplecite{8}[42]{scott+etal:1993}
+  \samplemacro{\textbackslash clearpage}
+  \clearpage
+  \samplecite{9}[42]{scott+etal:1993}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\section*{\emph{Ibidem} meaning ‘same author + same title + same page’}
+
+Turn on the \texttt{ibidpage} option to indicate that \emph{ibidmen} should
+mean ‘same author + same title + same page’.
+
+\makeatletter
+\let\blx@imc@ifloccit\blx@ifloccit@global
+\let\blx@loccittracker\blx@loccittracker@global
+\let\blx@loccitreset\blx@loccitreset@global
+\makeatother
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplemacro{\textbackslash usepackage[style=sbl,ibidtracker=constrict,ibidpage,backend=biber]\{biblatex\}}
+  \samplecite{10}[28]{egger:1996}
+  \samplecite{11}[28]{egger:1996}
+  \samplecite{12}[291]{egger:1996}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\section*{\emph{Idem} tracking}
+
+Turn on \emph{idem} using the \texttt{idemtracker} option. See
+\texttt{biblatex-sbl.pdf} for a description of the options
+\texttt{idemtracker} can take.
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplemacro{\textbackslash usepackage[style=sbl,idemtracker=constrict,backend=biber]\{biblatex\}}
+  \makeatletter\blx@opt@idemtracker@constrict\makeatother
+  \samplemacro{\textbackslash autocites[35]\{vanseters:1997\}\{vanseters:1995\}}
+  \color{biblatex-colour}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}13.~\cites[35]{vanseters:1997}{vanseters:1995}.
+  \color{black}
+  \samplemacro{\textbackslash
+  autocites[35]\{vanseters:1997\}[222]\{vanseters:1995\}}
+  \makeatletter\blx@idemreset\makeatother
+  \color{biblatex-colour}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}14.~\cites[35]{vanseters:1997}[222]{vanseters:1995}.
+  \color{black}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+
+\printbibliography
+
+\printindex
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-test.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-test.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..957a05374db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-test.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-test.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-test.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1a4b5f8e556
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-test.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,3793 @@
+\documentclass[a4paper]{article}
+
+\PassOptionsToPackage{obeyspaces}{url}
+
+\usepackage{microtype}
+\usepackage{fontspec}
+\usepackage{xparse}
+\usepackage{xcolor}
+\usepackage{parskip}
+\usepackage{titlesec}
+\usepackage{listings}
+\usepackage{imakeidx}
+\makeindex[title=Author Index,intoc]
+\usepackage[style=sbl,indexing=cite,backend=biber]{biblatex}
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+\addbibresource{biblatex-sbl.bib}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyCategory{ignore}
+\addtocategory{ignore}{pritchard:1969}
+
+\setmonofont{DejaVu Sans Mono}[Scale=MatchLowercase]
+\setromanfont{Linux Libertine O}
+\setsansfont{Linux Biolinum O}[
+  BoldItalicFont={* Bold},
+  BoldItalicFeatures={FakeSlant=0.2}
+]
+
+\newcommand{\textgreek}[1]{{\greekfont #1}}
+
+\renewcommand{\familydefault}{\sfdefault}
+
+\newfontfamily\greekfont[Script=Greek,Contextuals=Alternate,Ligatures=Required,
+  Scale=MatchLowercase]{SBL BibLit}
+
+\renewcommand{\bibfont}{\rm}
+
+\newcommand*{\refbibnamedash}{%
+  \leavevmode\raise 0.6ex\hbox to 3em{\hrulefill}.\space}
+
+\titleformat{\paragraph}
+{\normalfont\sf\normalsize\bfseries}{\theparagraph}{1em}{}
+\titleformat{\subparagraph}
+{\normalfont\sf\small\scshape}{\thesubparagraph}{1em}{}
+\titlespacing*{\paragraph}{0pt}{2ex plus 1ex minus 0.2ex}{0.5ex}
+\titlespacing*{\subparagraph}{0pt}{1ex plus 0.2ex}{0em}
+
+\titleclass{\subsubparagraph}{straight}[\subparagraph]
+\titleformat{\subsubparagraph}{\normalfont\small\tt}{}{1em}{}
+\titlespacing*{\subsubparagraph}{0pt}{0pt}{0pt}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4} % how many sectioning levels to assign numbers to
+
+\setlength{\parskip}{1ex plus 0.5ex minus 0.25ex}
+
+\makeatletter
+\patchcmd{\lst@Init}{\par\penalty -50\relax}{\relax}
+\makeatother
+
+\hyphenation{nash-ville}
+
+\definecolor{biblatex-colour}{rgb}{0.25,0.25,0.65}
+\definecolor{reference-colour}{rgb}{0,0.6,0.15}
+
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\NewDocumentCommand \samplemacro { m }
+  {
+    \subsubparagraph*{#1}
+  }
+\NewDocumentCommand \sblrefsamplecite { s m m m o o m }
+  {
+    \IfNoValueTF { #5 }
+      {
+        \IfNoValueT { #6 }
+          {
+            \IfBooleanF { #1 }
+              {
+                \samplemacro{\textbackslash #2\{#7\}}
+              }
+            \color{biblatex-colour}
+            \hspace*{\bibindent}#4\csuse{#3}{#7}
+          }
+      }
+      {
+        \IfNoValueTF { #6 }
+          {
+            \IfBooleanF { #1 }
+              {
+                \samplemacro{\textbackslash #2[#5]\{#7\}}
+              }
+            \color{biblatex-colour}
+            \hspace*{\bibindent}#4\csuse{#3}[#5]{#7}
+          }
+          {
+            \IfBooleanF { #1 }
+              {
+                \samplemacro{\textbackslash #2[#5][#6]\{#7\}}
+              }
+            \color{biblatex-colour}
+            \hspace*{\bibindent}#4\csuse{#3}[#5][#6]{#7}
+          }
+      }
+  }
+\NewDocumentCommand \samplecite { s m o o m }
+  {
+    \rmfamily
+    \IfBooleanTF { #1 }
+      {
+        \sblrefsamplecite*{autocite}{cite}{#2.~}[#3][#4]{#5}.\par
+      }
+      {
+        \sblrefsamplecite{autocite}{cite}{#2.~}[#3][#4]{#5}.\par
+      }
+      \color{black}
+  }
+\NewDocumentCommand \sampleparencite { s o o m }
+  {
+    \rmfamily
+    \IfBooleanTF { #1 }
+      {
+        \sblrefsamplecite*{parencite}{parencite}{}[#2][#3]{#4}\par
+      }
+      {
+        \sblrefsamplecite{parencite}{parencite}{}[#2][#3]{#4}\par
+      }
+      \color{black}
+  }
+\NewDocumentCommand \samplebib { s m }
+  {
+    \IfBooleanF { #1 }
+      {
+        \samplemacro{\textbackslash printbibliography}
+      }
+    \color{biblatex-colour}
+    \rmfamily\hangindent\bibindent\bibentrycite{#2}.\par
+    \color{black}
+  }
+\NewDocumentCommand \samplebiblist { s m }
+  {
+    \IfBooleanF { #1 }
+      {
+        \samplemacro{\textbackslash printbiblist\{abbreviations\}}
+      }
+    \color{biblatex-colour}
+    \biblistcite{#2}
+    \color{black}
+  }
+\NewDocumentCommand \refbiblist { m m }
+  {
+    \color{reference-colour}
+    \strut\rmfamily\hangindent 6em\rlap{#1}\hskip 6em #2\par
+    \color{black}
+  }
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+
+\newenvironment{biboutput}{%
+  \subparagraph{Biblatex Output}
+}{\color{black}}
+
+\newenvironment{refimp}{%
+  \subparagraph{Reference Implementation}
+  \color{reference-colour}
+  \rm
+}{\par\color{black}}
+
+\lstdefinelanguage{BibTeX}{%
+  keywords={%
+    @book,@article,@incollection,@suppbook,@mvbook,@collection,@review,@misc,%
+    @thesis,@mvreference,@inreference,@mvlexicon,@inlexicon,@unpublished,%
+    @commentary,@inbook,@incommentary,@mvcommentary,@seminarpaper,@lexicon,%
+    @reference,@mvcollection,@bookinbook,@ancienttext,@classictext,@online,%
+    @manual,@conferencepaper%
+  },
+  emph={%
+    author,title,location,publisher,date,shorttitle,translator,edition,preface,%
+    related,relatedtype,editor,series,shortseries,number,journaltitle,%
+    shortjournal,volume,pages,type,booktitle,bookauthor,origlocation,%
+    origpublisher,origdate,pubstate,origlanguage,maintitle,maineditor,part,%
+    bookeditor,seriesseries,maintranslator,eprint,eprinttype,doi,url,%
+    revdauthor,revdtitle,revdeditor,institution,type,shorthand,xref,%
+    note,releasedate,volumes,shortmaintitle,options,eprintclass,relatedoptions,%
+    editortype,crossref,editora,editorb,editorc,editoratype,editorbtyle,%
+    editorctype,entrysubtype,sortkey,titleaddon,witheditor,witheditortype,%
+    withtranslator,withtranslatortype,eventtitle,venue,eventdate,shortauthor%
+  },
+  sensitive=false,
+  breaklines=true,
+  breakatwhitespace=true,
+  morecomment=[l][basicstyle]{=\ \{}
+}
+
+\lstset{%
+ language=BibTeX,
+ backgroundcolor=\color{gray!15},
+ basicstyle=\ttfamily\small,
+ keywordstyle=\color{teal},
+ emphstyle=\color{purple}
+}
+
+\makeatletter
+\lst@InputCatcodes
+\def\lst@DefEC{%
+ \lst@CCECUse \lst@ProcessLetter
+  ^^80^^81^^82^^83^^84^^85^^86^^87^^88^^89^^8a^^8b^^8c^^8d^^8e^^8f%
+  ^^90^^91^^92^^93^^94^^95^^96^^97^^98^^99^^9a^^9b^^9c^^9d^^9e^^9f%
+  ^^a0^^a1^^a2^^a3^^a4^^a5^^a6^^a7^^a8^^a9^^aa^^ab^^ac^^ad^^ae^^af%
+  ^^b0^^b1^^b2^^b3^^b4^^b5^^b6^^b7^^b8^^b9^^ba^^bb^^bc^^bd^^be^^bf%
+  ^^c0^^c1^^c2^^c3^^c4^^c5^^c6^^c7^^c8^^c9^^ca^^cb^^cc^^cd^^ce^^cf%
+  ^^d0^^d1^^d2^^d3^^d4^^d5^^d6^^d7^^d8^^d9^^da^^db^^dc^^dd^^de^^df%
+  ^^e0^^e1^^e2^^e3^^e4^^e5^^e6^^e7^^e8^^e9^^ea^^eb^^ec^^ed^^ee^^ef%
+  ^^f0^^f1^^f2^^f3^^f4^^f5^^f6^^f7^^f8^^f9^^fa^^fb^^fc^^fd^^fe^^ff%
+  % Greek support
+  ^^^^0370^^^^0371^^^^0372^^^^0373^^^^0374^^^^0375^^^^0376^^^^0377%
+  ^^^^0378^^^^0379^^^^037a^^^^037b^^^^037c^^^^037d^^^^037e^^^^037f%
+  ^^^^0380^^^^0381^^^^0382^^^^0383^^^^0384^^^^0385^^^^0386^^^^0387%
+  ^^^^0388^^^^0389^^^^038a^^^^038b^^^^038c^^^^038d^^^^038e^^^^038f%
+  ^^^^0390^^^^0391^^^^0392^^^^0393^^^^0394^^^^0395^^^^0396^^^^0397%
+  ^^^^0398^^^^0399^^^^039a^^^^039b^^^^039c^^^^039d^^^^039e^^^^039f%
+  ^^^^03a0^^^^03a1^^^^03a2^^^^03a3^^^^03a4^^^^03a5^^^^03a6^^^^03a7%
+  ^^^^03a8^^^^03a9^^^^03aa^^^^03ab^^^^03ac^^^^03ad^^^^03ae^^^^03af%
+  ^^^^03b0^^^^03b1^^^^03b2^^^^03b3^^^^03b4^^^^03b5^^^^03b6^^^^03b7%
+  ^^^^03b8^^^^03b9^^^^03ba^^^^03bb^^^^03bc^^^^03bd^^^^03be^^^^03bf%
+  ^^^^03c0^^^^03c1^^^^03c2^^^^03c3^^^^03c4^^^^03c5^^^^03c6^^^^03c7%
+  ^^^^03c8^^^^03c9^^^^03ca^^^^03cb^^^^03cc^^^^03cd^^^^03ce^^^^03cf%
+  ^^^^03d0^^^^03d1^^^^03d2^^^^03d3^^^^03d4^^^^03d5^^^^03d6^^^^03d7%
+  ^^^^03d8^^^^03d9^^^^03da^^^^03db^^^^03dc^^^^03dd^^^^03de^^^^03df%
+  ^^^^03e0^^^^03e1%
+  % Greek extended support
+  ^^^^1f00^^^^1f01^^^^1f02^^^^1f03^^^^1f04^^^^1f05^^^^1f06^^^^1f07%
+  ^^^^1f08^^^^1f09^^^^1f0a^^^^1f0b^^^^1f0c^^^^1f0d^^^^1f0e^^^^1f0f%
+  ^^^^1f10^^^^1f11^^^^1f12^^^^1f13^^^^1f14^^^^1f15^^^^1f16^^^^1f17%
+  ^^^^1f18^^^^1f19^^^^1f1a^^^^1f1b^^^^1f1c^^^^1f1d^^^^1f1e^^^^1f1f%
+  ^^^^1f20^^^^1f21^^^^1f22^^^^1f23^^^^1f24^^^^1f25^^^^1f26^^^^1f27%
+  ^^^^1f28^^^^1f29^^^^1f2a^^^^1f2b^^^^1f2c^^^^1f2d^^^^1f2e^^^^1f2f%
+  ^^^^1f30^^^^1f31^^^^1f32^^^^1f33^^^^1f34^^^^1f35^^^^1f36^^^^1f37%
+  ^^^^1f38^^^^1f39^^^^1f3a^^^^1f3b^^^^1f3c^^^^1f3d^^^^1f3e^^^^1f3f%
+  ^^^^1f40^^^^1f41^^^^1f42^^^^1f43^^^^1f44^^^^1f45^^^^1f46^^^^1f47%
+  ^^^^1f48^^^^1f49^^^^1f4a^^^^1f4b^^^^1f4c^^^^1f4d^^^^1f4e^^^^1f4f%
+  ^^^^1f50^^^^1f51^^^^1f52^^^^1f53^^^^1f54^^^^1f55^^^^1f56^^^^1f57%
+  ^^^^1f58^^^^1f59^^^^1f5a^^^^1f5b^^^^1f5c^^^^1f5d^^^^1f5e^^^^1f5f%
+  ^^^^1f60^^^^1f61^^^^1f62^^^^1f63^^^^1f64^^^^1f65^^^^1f66^^^^1f67%
+  ^^^^1f68^^^^1f69^^^^1f6a^^^^1f6b^^^^1f6c^^^^1f6d^^^^1f6e^^^^1f6f%
+  ^^^^1f70^^^^1f71^^^^1f72^^^^1f73^^^^1f74^^^^1f75^^^^1f76^^^^1f77%
+  ^^^^1f78^^^^1f79^^^^1f7a^^^^1f7b^^^^1f7c^^^^1f7d^^^^1f7e^^^^1f7f%
+  ^^^^1f80^^^^1f81^^^^1f82^^^^1f83^^^^1f84^^^^1f85^^^^1f86^^^^1f87%
+  ^^^^1f88^^^^1f89^^^^1f8a^^^^1f8b^^^^1f8c^^^^1f8d^^^^1f8e^^^^1f8f%
+  ^^^^1f90^^^^1f91^^^^1f92^^^^1f93^^^^1f94^^^^1f95^^^^1f96^^^^1f97%
+  ^^^^1f98^^^^1f99^^^^1f9a^^^^1f9b^^^^1f9c^^^^1f9d^^^^1f9e^^^^1f9f%
+  ^^^^1fa0^^^^1fa1^^^^1fa2^^^^1fa3^^^^1fa4^^^^1fa5^^^^1fa6^^^^1fa7%
+  ^^^^1fa8^^^^1fa9^^^^1faa^^^^1fab^^^^1fac^^^^1fad^^^^1fae^^^^1faf%
+  ^^^^1fb0^^^^1fb1^^^^1fb2^^^^1fb3^^^^1fb4^^^^1fb5^^^^1fb6^^^^1fb7%
+  ^^^^1fb8^^^^1fb9^^^^1fba^^^^1fbb^^^^1fbc^^^^1fbd^^^^1fbe^^^^1fbf%
+  ^^^^1fc0^^^^1fc1^^^^1fc2^^^^1fc3^^^^1fc4^^^^1fc5^^^^1fc6^^^^1fc7%
+  ^^^^1fc8^^^^1fc9^^^^1fca^^^^1fcb^^^^1fcc^^^^1fcd^^^^1fce^^^^1fcf%
+  ^^^^1fd0^^^^1fd1^^^^1fd2^^^^1fd3^^^^1fd4^^^^1fd5^^^^1fd6^^^^1fd7%
+  ^^^^1fd8^^^^1fd9^^^^1fda^^^^1fdb^^^^1fdc^^^^1fdd^^^^1fde^^^^1fdf%
+  ^^^^1fe0^^^^1fe1^^^^1fe2^^^^1fe3^^^^1fe4^^^^1fe5^^^^1fe6^^^^1fe7%
+  ^^^^1fe8^^^^1fe9^^^^1fea^^^^1feb^^^^1fec^^^^1fed^^^^1fee^^^^1fef%
+  ^^^^1ff0^^^^1ff1^^^^1ff2^^^^1ff3^^^^1ff4^^^^1ff5^^^^1ff6^^^^1ff7%
+  ^^^^1ff8^^^^1ff9^^^^1ffa^^^^1ffb^^^^1ffc^^^^1ffd^^^^1ffe^^^^1fff%
+  % General punctuation
+  ^^^^201c^^^^201d%
+  ^^00}
+\lst@RestoreCatcodes
+\makeatother
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{Biblatex-SBL Examples and Test File}
+\author{David Purton}
+\maketitle
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\clearpage
+
+\setcounter{section}{5}
+
+\section{Notes and Bibliographies}
+
+\setcounter{subsection}{1}
+\subsection{General Examples: Books}
+
+\subsubsection{A Book by a Single Author}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{talbert:1992,
+  author = {Talbert, Charles H.},
+  title = {Reading John: A Literary and Theological Commentary on the Fourth Gospel and the Johannine Epistles},
+  location = {New York},
+  publisher = {Crossroad},
+  date = {1992}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{15}[127]{talbert:1992}
+  \samplecite{19}[22]{talbert:1992}
+  \samplebib{talbert:1992}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}15. Charles H. Talbert, \emph{Reading John: A Literary
+  and Theological Commentary on the Fourth Gospel and the Johannine Epistles}
+  (New York: Crossroad, 1992), 127.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}19. Talbert, \emph{Reading John,} 22.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Talbert, Charles H. \emph{Reading John: A Literary and
+  Theological Commentary on the Fourth Gospel and the Johannine Epistles.} New
+  York: Crossroad, 1992.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A Book by Two or Three Authors}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{robinson+koester:1971,
+  author = {Robinson, James M. and Koester, Helmut},
+  title = {Trajectories through Early Christianity},
+  location = {Philadelphia},
+  publisher = {Fortress},
+  date = {1971}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{4}[237]{robinson+koester:1971}
+  \samplecite{12}[23]{robinson+koester:1971}
+  \samplebib{robinson+koester:1971}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}4. James M. Robinson and Helmut Koester,
+  \emph{Trajectories through Early Christianity} (Philadelphia: Fortress,
+  1971), 237.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}12. Robinson and Koester, \emph{Trajectories through
+  Early Christianity,} 23.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Robinson, James M., and Helmut Koester. \emph{Trajectories
+  through Early Christianity.} Philadelphia: Fortress, 1971.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A Book by More than Three Authors}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{scott+etal:1993,
+  author = {Scott, Bernard Brandon and Dean, Margaret and Sparks, Kristen and LaZar, Frances},
+  title = {Reading New Testament Greek},
+  location = {Peabody, MA},
+  publisher = {Hendrickson},
+  date = {1993}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{7}[53]{scott+etal:1993}
+  \samplecite{9}[42]{scott+etal:1993}
+  \samplebib{scott+etal:1993}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}7. Bernard Brandon Scott et al., \emph{Reading New
+  Testament Greek} (Peabody, MA: Hendrickson, 1993), 53.
+  
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}9. Scott et al., \emph{Reading New Testament Greek,} 42.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Scott, Bernard Brandon, Margaret Dean, Kristen Sparks,
+  and Frances LaZar. \emph{Reading New Testament Greek.} Peabody, MA:
+  Hendrickson, 1993.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A Translated Volume}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{egger:1996,
+  author = {Egger, Wilhelm},
+  title = {How to Read the New Testament: An Introduction to Linguistic and Historical-Critical Methodology},
+  shorttitle = {How to Read},
+  translator = {Heinegg, Peter},
+  location = {Peabody, MA},
+  publisher = {Hendrickson},
+  date = {1996}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{14}[28]{egger:1996}
+  \samplecite{18}[291]{egger:1996}
+  \samplebib{egger:1996}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}14. Wilhelm Egger, \emph{How to Read the New Testament:
+  An Introduction to Linguistic and Historical-Critical Methodology,} trans.\@
+  Peter Heinegg (Peabody, MA: Hendrickson, 1996), 28.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}18. Egger, \emph{How to Read,} 291.
+  
+  \hangindent\bibindent Egger, Wilhelm. \emph{How to Read the New Testament:
+  An Introduction to Linguistic and Historical-Critical Methodology.}
+  Translated by Peter Heinegg. Peabody, MA: Hendrickson, 1996.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{The Full History of a Translated Volume}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{wellhausen:1883,
+  author = {Wellhausen, Julius},
+  title = {Prolegomena zur Geschichte Israels},
+  edition = {2},
+  location = {Berlin},
+  publisher = {Reimer},
+  date = {1883}
+}
+
+@book{wellhausen:1885,
+  author = {Wellhausen, Julius},
+  title = {Prolegomena to the History of Israel},
+  translator = {Black, J. Sutherland and Enzies, A.},
+  withtranslator = {Smith, W. Robertson},
+  withtranslatortype = {withpreface},
+  location = {Edinburgh},
+  publisher = {Black},
+  related = {wellhausen:1883},
+  relatedtype = {translationof},
+  date = {1885}
+}
+
+@book{wellhausen:1957,
+  author = {Wellhausen, Julius},
+  title = {Prolegomena to the History of Ancient Israel},
+  location = {New York},
+  publisher = {Meridian Books},
+  related = {wellhausen:1885},
+  relatedtype = {reprintof},
+  date = {1957}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplemacro{\textbackslash autocite[296]\{wellhausen:1957\}}
+  \sloppy\samplecite*{3}[296]{wellhausen:1957}
+  \samplebib{wellhausen:1957}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}3. Julius Wellhausen, \emph{Prolegomena to the History
+  of Ancient Israel} (New York: Meridian Books, 1957), 296; repr. of
+  \emph{Prolegomena to the History of Israel,} trans.\@ J.~Sutherland Black and
+  A.~Enzies, with preface by W.~Robertson Smith (Edinburgh: Black, 1885);
+  trans.\@ of \emph{Prolegomena zur Geschichte Israels,} 2nd~ed. (Berlin:
+  Reimer, 1883).
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Julius Wellhausen,\footnote{Should be “Wellhausen,
+  Julius.”?} \emph{Prolegomena to the History of Ancient Israel.} New York:
+  Meridian Books, 1957. Reprint of \emph{Prolegomena to the History of
+  Israel.} Translated by J.~Sutherland Black and A.~Enzies, with preface by
+  W.~Robertson Smith. Edinburgh: Black, 1885. Translation of \emph{Prolegomena
+  zur Geschichte Israels.} 2nd~ed. Berlin: Reimer, 1883.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A Book with One Editor}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{tigay:1985,
+  editor = {Tigay, Jeffrey H.},
+  title = {Empirical Models for Biblical Criticism},
+  shorttitle = {Empiracle Models},
+  location = {Philadelphia},
+  publisher = {University of Pennsylvania Press},
+  date = {1985}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{5}[35]{tigay:1985}
+  \samplecite{9}[38]{tigay:1985}
+  \samplebib{tigay:1985}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}5. Jeffrey H. Tigay, ed., \emph{Empirical Models for
+  Biblical Criticism} (Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1985),
+  35.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}9. Tigay, \emph{Empirical Models,} 38.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Tigay, Jeffrey H., ed. \emph{Empirical Models for
+  Biblical Criticism.} Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press,
+  1985.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A Book with Two or Three Editors}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{kaltner+mckenzie:2002,
+  editor = {Kaltner, John and McKenzie, Steven L.},
+  title = {Beyond Babel: A Handbook for Biblical Hebrew and Related Languages},
+  series = {Resources for Biblical Study},
+  shortseries = {RBS},
+  number = {42},
+  location = {Atlanta},
+  publisher = {Society of Biblical Literature},
+  date = {2002}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{44}[xii]{kaltner+mckenzie:2002}
+  \samplecite{47}[viii]{kaltner+mckenzie:2002}
+  \samplebib{kaltner+mckenzie:2002}
+  \samplebiblist{kaltner+mckenzie:2002}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}44. John Kaltner and Steven L. McKenzie, eds.,
+  \emph{Beyond Babel: A Handbook for Biblical Hebrew and Related Languages,}
+  RBS~42 (Atlanta: Society of Biblical Literature, 2002), xii.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}47. Kaltner and McKenzie,\footnote{Should include
+  \emph{“Beyond Babel,”}?} viii.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Kaltner, John, and Steven L. McKenzie, eds.
+  \emph{Beyond Babel: A Handbook for Biblical Hebrew and Related Languages.}
+  RBS~42. Atlanta: Society of Biblical Literature, 2002.
+
+  \refbiblist{RBS}{Resources for Biblical Study}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A Book with Four or More Editors}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{oates+etal:2001,
+  editor = {Oates, John F. and Willis, William H. and Bagnall, Roger S. and Worp, Klass A.},
+  title = {Checklist of Editions of Greek and Latin Papyri, Ostraca, and Tablets},
+  edition = {5},
+  series = {Bulletin of the American Society of Papyrologists, Supplements},
+  shortseries = {BASPSup},
+  number = {9},
+  location = {Oakville, CT},
+  publisher = {American Society of Papyrologists},
+  date = {2001}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{4}[10]{oates+etal:2001}
+  \samplebib{oates+etal:2001}
+  \samplebiblist{oates+etal:2001}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}4. John F. Oates et al., eds., \emph{Checklist of
+  Editions of Greek and Latin Papyri, Ostraca, and Tablets,} 5th~ed., BASPSup
+  9 (Oakville, CT: American Society of Papyrologists, 2001), 10.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Oates, John F., William H. Willis, Roger S. Bagnall,
+  and Klaas A. Worp, eds. \emph{Checklist of Editions of Greek and Latin
+  Papyri, Ostraca, and Tablets.} 5th~ed. BASPSup~9. Oakville, CT: American
+  Society of Papyrologists, 2001.
+
+  \refbiblist{BASPSup}{Bulletin of the American Society of Papyrologists,
+  Supplements}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A Book with Both Author and Editor}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{schillebeeckx:1986,
+  author = {Schillebeeckx, Edward},
+  title = {The Schillebeeckx Reader},
+  editor = {Schreiter, Robert J.},
+  location = {Edinburgh},
+  publisher = {T\&T Clark},
+  date = {1986}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{45}[20]{schillebeeckx:1986}
+  \samplebib{schillebeeckx:1986}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}45. Edward Schillebeeckx, \emph{The Schillebeeckx
+  Reader,} ed.\@ Robert J. Schreiter (Edinburgh: T\&T Clark, 1986), 20.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Schillebeeckx, Edward. \emph{The Schillebeeckx
+  Reader.} Edited by Robert J. Schreiter. Edinburgh: T\&T Clark, 1986.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A Book with Author, Editor, and Translator}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{blass+debrunner:1982,
+  author = {Blass, Friedrich and Debrunner, Albert},
+  title = {Grammatica del greco del Nuovo Testamento},
+  editor = {Rehkopf, Friedrich},
+  translator = {Pisi, Giordana},
+  location = {Brescia},
+  publisher = {Paideia},
+  date = {1982}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{3}[40]{blass+debrunner:1982}
+  \samplebib{blass+debrunner:1982}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}3. Friedrich Blass and Albert Debrunner,
+  \emph{Grammatica del greco del Nuovo Testamento,} ed.\@ Friedrich Rehkopf,
+  trans.\@ Giordana Pisi (Brescia: Paideia, 1982), 40.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Blass, Friedrich, and Albert Debrunner.
+  \emph{Grammatica del greco del Nuovo Testamento.} Edited by Friedrich
+  Rehkopf. Translated by Giordana Pisi. Brescia: Paideia, 1982.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A Title in a Modern Work Citing a Nonroman Alphabet}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@article{irvine:2014,
+  author = {Irvine, Stuart A.},
+  title = {Idols \mkbibbrackets{\mkbibemph{ktbwnm}}: A note on Hosea 13:2a},
+  journaltitle = {Journal of Biblical Literature},
+  shortjournal = {JBL},
+  volume = {133},
+  date = {2014},
+  pages = {509-517}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{34}{irvine:2014}
+  \samplebiblist{irvine:2014}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}34. Stuart A. Irvine, “Idols [\emph{ktbwnm}]: A Note on
+  Hosea 13:2a,” \emph{JBL}~133 (2014): 509–17.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{JBL}}{\emph{Journal of Biblical Literature}}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{An Article in and Edited Volume}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@incollection{attridge:1986,
+  author = {Attridge, Harold W.},
+  title = {Jewish Historiography},
+  pages = {311-343},
+  booktitle = {Early Judaism and Its Modern Interpreters},
+  editor = {Kraft, Robert A. and Nickelsburg, George W. E.},
+  location = {Philadelphia and Atlanta},
+  publisher = {Fortress and Scholars Press},
+  date = {1986}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{3}{attridge:1986}
+  \samplecite{6}{attridge:1986}
+  \samplebib{attridge:1986}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}3. Harold W. Attridge, “Jewish Historiography,” in
+  \emph{Early Judaism and Its Modern Interpreters,} ed.\@ Robert A. Kraft and
+  George W. E. Nickelsburg (Philadelphia: Fortress; Atlanta: Scholars Press,
+  1986), 311–43.
+  
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}6. Attridge, “Jewish Historiography,” 314–17.
+
+  Attridge, Harold A. “Jewish Historiography.” Pages 311–43 in \emph{Early
+  Judaism and Its Modern Interpreters.} Edited by Robert A. Kraft and George
+  W. E. Nickelsburg. Philadelphia: Fortress; Atlanta: Scholars Press, 1986.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{An Article in a Festschrift}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@incollection{vanseters:1995,
+  author = {Van Seters, John},
+  title = {The Theology of the Yahwist: A Preliminary Sketch},
+  shorttitle = {Theology of the Yahwist},
+  pages = {219-228},
+  booktitle = {“Wer ist wie du, Herr, unter den Göttern?”: Studien zur Theologie und Religionsgeschichte Israels für Otto Kaiser zum~70. Geburtstag},
+  editor = {Kottsieper, Ingo and others},
+  location = {Göttingen},
+  publisher = {Vandenhoaeck \& Ruprecht},
+  date = {1995}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{8}{vanseters:1995}
+  \samplecite{17}[222]{vanseters:1995}
+  \samplebib{vanseters:1995}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}8. John Van Seters, “The Theology of the Yahwist: A
+  Preliminary Sketch,” in \emph{“Wer ist wie du, Herr, unter den Göttern?”:
+  Studien zur Theologie und Religionsgeschichte Israels für Otto Kaiser zum
+70. Geburtstag,} ed.\@ Ingo Kottsieper et al. (Göttingen: Vandenhoeck \&
+  Ruprecht, 1995), 219–28.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}17. Van Seters, “Theology of the Yahwist,” 222.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Van Seters, John. “The Theology of the Yahwist: A
+  Preliminary Sketch.” Pages~219–28 in \emph{“Wer ist wie du, Herr, unter den
+  Göttern?”: Studien zur Theologie und Religionsgeschichte Israels für Otto
+  Kaiser zum~70. Geburtstag.} Edited by Ingo Kottsieper et al. Göttingen:
+  Vandenhoeck \& Ruprecht, 1995.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{An Introduction, Preface, or Foreword Written by Someone Other
+Than the Author}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@suppbook{boers:1996,
+  author = {Boers, Hendrikus},
+  type = {introduction},
+  booktitle = {How to Read the New Testament: An Introduction to Linguistic and Historical-Critical Methodology},
+  bookauthor = {Egger, Wilhelm},
+  translator = {Heinegg, Peter},
+  location = {Peabody, MA},
+  publisher = {Hendrickson},
+  date = {1996}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{2}[xi-xii]{boers:1996}
+  \samplecite{6}[xi-xx]{boers:1996}
+  \samplebib{boers:1996}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}2. Hendrikus Boers, introduction to \emph{How to Read
+  the New Testament: An Introduction to Linguistic and Historical-Critical
+  Methodology,} by Wilhelm Egger, trans.\@ Peter Heinegg (Peabody; MA:
+  Hendrickson, 1996), xi–xxi.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}6. Boers, introduction, xi–xx.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Boers, Hendrikus. Introduction to \emph{How to Read
+  the New Testament: An Introduction to Linguistic and Historical-Critical
+  Methodology,} by Wilhelm Egger. Translated by Peter Heinegg. Peabody; MA:
+  Hendrickson, 1996.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{Multiple Publishers for a Single Book}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{gerhardsson:1961,
+  author = {Gerhardsson, Birger},
+  title = {Memory and Manuscript: Oral Tradition and Written Transmission in Rabbinic Judaism and Early Christianity},
+  series = {Acta Seminarii Neotestamentici Upsaliensis},
+  shortseries = {ASNU},
+  number = {22},
+  location = {Lund and Copenhagen},
+  publisher = {Gleerup and Munksgaard},
+  date = {1961}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplebib{gerhardsson:1961}
+  \samplebiblist{gerhardsson:1961}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hangindent\bibindent Birger Gerhardsson,\footnote{Should be “Gerhardsson,
+  Birger.”?} \emph{Memory and Manuscript: Oral Tradition and Written
+  Transmission in Rabbinic Judaism and Early Christianity.} ASNU~22. Lund:
+  Gleerup; Copenhagen: Munksgaard, 1961.
+
+  \refbiblist{ASNU}{Acta Seminarii Neotestamentici Upsaliensis}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A Revised Edition}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{pritchard:1969,
+  editor = {Pritchard, James B.},
+  title = {Ancient Near Eastern Texts Relating to the Old Testament},
+  edition = {3},
+  location = {Princeton},
+  publisher = {Princeton University Press},
+  date = {1969}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{87}[xxi]{pritchard:1969}
+  \samplebib{pritchard:1969}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}87. James B. Pritchard, ed., \emph{Ancient Near Eastern
+  Texts Relating to the Old Testament,} 3rd~ed. (Princeton: Princeton
+  University Press, 1969), xxi.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Pritchard, James B., ed. \emph{Ancient Near Eastern
+  Texts Relating to the Old Testament.} 3rd~ed. Princeton: Princeton
+  University Press, 1969.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{blenkinsopp:1996,
+  author = {Blenkinsopp, Joseph},
+  title = {A History of Prophecy in Israel},
+  edition = {rev.\@ and enl.\@ ed.},
+  location = {Louisville},
+  publisher = {Westminster John Knox},
+  date = {1996}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{56}[81]{blenkinsopp:1996}
+  \samplebib{blenkinsopp:1996}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}56. Joseph Blenkinsopp, \emph{A History of Prophecy in
+  Israel,} rev.\@ and enl.\@ ed. (Louisville: Westminster John Knox, 1996), 81.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Blenkinsopp, Joseph. \emph{A History of Prophecy in
+  Israel.} Rev.\@ and enl.\@ ed. Louisville: Westminster John Knox, 1996.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A Recent Reprint Title}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{vanseters:1997,
+  author = {Van Seters, John},
+  title = {In Search of History: Histeriography in the Ancient World and the Origins of Biblical History},
+  origlocation = {New Haven},
+  origpublisher = {Yale University Press},
+  origdate = {1983},
+  location = {Winona Lake, IN},
+  publisher = {Eisenbrauns},
+  date = {1997}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{5}[35]{vanseters:1997}
+  \samplebib{vanseters:1997}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}5. John Van Seters, \emph{In Search of History:
+  Historiography in the Ancient World and the Origins of Biblical History}
+  (New Haven: Yale University Press, 1983; repr., Winona Lake, IN:
+  Eisenbrauns, 1997), 35.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Van Seters, John. \emph{In Search of History:
+  Historiography in the Ancient World and the Origins of Biblical History.}
+  New Haven: Yale University Press, 1983. Repr., Winona Lake, IN: Eisenbrauns,
+  1997.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A Reprint Title in the Public Domain}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{deissmann:1995,
+  author = {Deissmann, Gustav Adolf},
+  title = {Light from the Ancient East: The New Testament Illustrated by Recently Discovered Texts of the Graeco-Roman World},
+  translator = {Strachan, Lionel R. M.},
+  origdate = {1927},
+  location = {Peabody, MA},
+  publisher = {Hendrickson},
+  date = {1995}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{5}[55]{deissmann:1995}
+  \samplebib{deissmann:1995}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}5. Gustav Adolf Deissmann, \emph{Light from the Ancient
+  East: The New Testament Illustrated by Recently Discovered Texts of the
+  Graeco-Roman World} (trans.\@ Lionel R. M. Strachan;\footnote{Should be “,
+  trans.\@ Lionel R.\ M.\ Strachan (”?} 1927; repr., Peabody, MA: Hendrickson,
+  1995), 55.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Deissmann, Gustav Adolf. \emph{Light from the Ancient
+  East: The New Testament Illustrated by Recently Discovered Texts of the
+  Graeco-Roman World.} Translated by Lionel R. M. Strachan. 1927. Repr., Peabody,
+  MA: Hendrickson, 1995.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A Forthcoming Book}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{harrison+welborn:forthcoming,
+  editor = {Harrison, James R. and Welborn, L. L.},
+  title = {The First Urban Churches 2: Roman Corinth},
+  shorttitle = {Roman Corinth},
+  series = {Writings from the Greco-Roman World Supplement Series},
+  shortseries = {WGRWSup},
+  location = {Atlanta},
+  publisher = {SBL Press},
+  pubstate = {forthcoming}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{9}{harrison+welborn:forthcoming}
+  \samplecite{12}[201]{harrison+welborn:forthcoming}
+  \samplebib{harrison+welborn:forthcoming}
+  \samplebiblist{harrison+welborn:forthcoming}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}9. James R. Harrison and L. L. Welborn, eds., \emph{The
+  First Urban Churches 2: Roman Corinth,} WGRWSup (Atlanta: SBL Press,
+  forthcoming).
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}12. Harrison and Welborn, \emph{Roman Corinth,} 201.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Harrison, James R.\footnote{Should be “Harrison, James
+  R.,”} and L. L. Welborn, eds. \emph{The First Urban Churches 2: Roman
+  Corinth.} WGRWSup. Atlanta: SBL Press, forthcoming.
+
+  \refbiblist{WGRWSup}{Writings from the Greco-Roman World Supplement Series}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A Multivolume Work}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvbook{harnack:1896-1905,
+  author = {Harnack, Adolf},
+  title = {History of Dogma},
+  translator = {Buchanan, Neil},
+  origlanguage = {the 3rd German ed.},
+  volumes = {7},
+  location = {Boston},
+  publisher = {Little, Brown},
+  date = {1896/1905}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{5}{harnack:1896-1905}
+  \samplecite{9}[2:126]{harnack:1896-1905}
+  \samplebib{harnack:1896-1905}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}5. Adolf Harnack, \emph{History of Dogma,} trans.\@ Neil
+  Buchanan, 7 vols. (Boston: Little, Brown).
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}9. Harnack, \emph{History of Dogma,} 2:126.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Harnack, Adolf. \emph{History of Dogma.} Translated
+  from the 3rd German ed.\@ by Neil Buchanan. 7 vols. Boston: Little, Brown,
+  1896–1905.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A Titled Volume in a Multivolume, Edited Work}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@collection{winter+clarke:1993,
+  editor = {Winter, Bruce W. and Clarke, Andrew D.},
+  title = {The Book of Acts in Its Ancient Literary Setting},
+  shorttitle = {Book of Acts},
+  volume = {1},
+  maintitle = {The Book of Acts in Its First Century Setting},
+  maineditor = {Winter, Bruce W.},
+  location = {Grand Rapids},
+  publisher = {Eerdmans},
+  date = {1993}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{5}[25]{winter+clarke:1993}
+  \samplecite{16}[25]{winter+clarke:1993}
+  \samplebib{winter+clarke:1993}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}5. Bruce W. Winter and Andrew D. Clarke, eds., \emph{The
+  Book of Acts in Its Ancient Literary Setting,} vol.~1 of \emph{The Book of
+  Acts in Its First Century Setting,} ed.\@ Bruce W. Winter (Grand Rapids:
+  Eerdmans, 1993), 25.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}16. Winter and Clarke, \emph{Book of Acts,} 25.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Winter, Bruce W., and Andrew D. Clarke, eds. \emph{The
+  Book of Acts in Its Ancient Literary Setting.} Vol.~1 of \emph{The Book of
+  Acts in Its First Century Setting.} Edited by Bruce W. Winter. Grand Rapids:
+  Eerdmans, 1993.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A Chapter within a Multivolume Work}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@incollection{mason:1996,
+  author = {Mason, Steve},
+  title = {Josephus on Canon and Scriptures},
+  pages = {217-235},
+  volume = {1},
+  part = {1},
+  maintitle = {Hebrew Bible\slash Old Testament: The History of Its Interpretation},
+  editor = {Sæbø, Magne},
+  location = {Göttingen},
+  publisher = {Vandenhoaeck \& Ruprecht},
+  date = {1996}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{24}{mason:1996}
+  \samplecite{28}[224]{mason:1996}
+  \samplebib{mason:1996}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}24. Steve Mason, “Josephus on Canon and Scriptures,” in
+  \emph{Hebrew Bible\slash Old Testament: The History of Its Interpretation,}
+  ed.\@ Magne Saebø (Göttingen: Vandenhoeck \& Ruprecht, 1996),
+  1.1:217–335.\footnote{Should be “1.1:217–35.”?}
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}28. Mason, “Josephus on Canon and Scriptures,” 224.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Mason, Steve. “Josephus on Canon and Scriptures.”
+  Pages 217–35 in vol.~1, part 1 of \emph{Hebrew Bible\slash Old Testament:
+  The History of Its Interpretation.} Edited by Magne Saebø. Göttingen:
+  Vandenhoeck \& Ruprecht, 1996.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A Chapter within a Titled Volume in a Multivolume Work}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@incollection{peterson:1993,
+  author = {Peterson, David},
+  title = {The Motif of Fulfilment and the Purpose of Luke-Acts},
+  shorttitle = {Motif of Fulfilment},
+  pages = {83-104},
+  booktitle = {The Book of Acts in Its Ancient Literary Setting},
+  bookeditor = {Winter, Bruce W. and Clarke, Andrew D.},
+  volume = {1},
+  maintitle = {The Book of Acts in Its First Century Setting},
+  maineditor = {Winter, Bruce W.},
+  location = {Grand Rapids},
+  publisher = {Eerdmans},
+  date = {1993}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{66}{peterson:1993}
+  \samplecite{78}[92]{peterson:1993}
+  \samplebib{peterson:1993}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}66. David Peterson, “The Motif of Fulfilment and the
+  Purpose of Luke-Acts,” in \emph{The Book of Acts in Its Ancient Literary
+  Setting,} ed.\@ Bruce W. Winter and Andrew D. Clarke, vol.~1 of \emph{The
+  Book of Acts in Its First Century Setting,} ed.\@ Bruce W. Winter (Grand
+  Rapids: Eerdmans, 1993), 83–104.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}78. Peterson, “Motif of Fulfilment,” 92.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent David Peterson,\footnote{Should be “Peterson,
+  David.”?} “The Motif of Fulfilment and the Purpose of Luke-Acts.”
+  Pages~83–104 in \emph{The Book of Acts in Its Ancient Literary Setting.}
+  Edited by Bruce W. Winter and Andrew D. Clarke. Vol.~1 of \emph{The Book of
+  Acts in Its First Century Setting.} Edited by Bruce W. Winter. Grand Rapids:
+  Eerdmans, 1993.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A Work in a Series}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{hofius:1989,
+  author = {Hofius, Otfried},
+  title = {Paulusstudien},
+  series = {Wissenschaftliche Untersuchungen zum Neuen Testament},
+  shortseries = {WUNT},
+  number = {51},
+  location = {Tübingen},
+  publisher = {Mohr Siebeck},
+  date = {1989}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{12}[122]{hofius:1989}
+  \samplecite{14}[124]{hofius:1989}
+  \samplebib{hofius:1989}
+  \samplebiblist{hofius:1989}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}12. Otfried Hofius, \emph{Paulusstudien,} WUNT 51
+  (Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck, 1989), 122.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}14. Hofius, \emph{Paulusstudien,} 124.
+
+  Hofius, Otfried. \emph{Paulusstudien.} WUNT~51. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck,
+  1989.
+  
+  \refbiblist{WUNT}{Wissenschaftliche Untersuchungen zum Neuen Testament}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{jeremias:1967,
+  author = {Jeremias, Joachim},
+  title = {The Prayers of Jesus},
+  shorttitle = {Prayers},
+  series = {Studies in Biblical Theology},
+  shortseries = {SBT},
+  seriesseries = {2},
+  number = {6},
+  location = {Naperville, IL},
+  publisher = {Allenson},
+  date = {1967}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{23}[123-127]{jeremias:1967}
+  \samplecite{32}[126]{jeremias:1967}
+  \samplebib{jeremias:1967}
+  \samplebiblist{jeremias:1967}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}23. Joachim Jeremias, \emph{The Prayers of Jesus,}
+  SBT~2/6 (Naperville, IL: Allenson, 1967), 123–27. 
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}32. Jeremias, \emph{Prayers,} 126.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Jeremias, Joachim. \emph{The Prayers of Jesus.}
+  SBT~2/6. Naperville, IL: Allenson, 1967.
+
+  \refbiblist{SBT}{Studies in Biblical Theology}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{Electronic Book}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{reventlow:2009,
+  author = {Reventlow, Henning Graf},
+  title = {From the Old Testament to Origen},
+  volume = {1},
+  maintitle = {History of Biblical Interpretation},
+  translator = {Perdue, Leo G.},
+  location = {Atlanta},
+  publisher = {Society of Biblical Literature},
+  date = {2009},
+  eprint = {Nook},
+  eprinttype = {ebook}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{14}[ch.~1.3]{reventlow:2009}
+  \samplecite{18}[ch.~1.3]{reventlow:2009}
+  \samplebib{reventlow:2009}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}14. Henning Graf Reventlow, \emph{From the Old Testament
+  to Origen.} Vol.~1\footnote{Should be “, vol.~1”?} of \emph{History of
+  Biblical Interpretation,} trans.\@ Leo G. Perdue (Atlanta: Society of
+  Biblical Literature, 2009), Nook edition, ch.~1.3.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}18. Reventlow, \emph{From the Old Testament to Origen,}
+  ch.~1.3.
+  
+  \hangindent\bibindent Reventlow, Henning Graf. \emph{From the Old Testament
+  to Origen.} Volume\footnote{Should be “Vol.” as elsewhere?} 1 of
+  \emph{History of Biblical Interpretation.} Translated by Leo G. Perdue.
+  Atlanta: Society of Biblical Literature, 2009. Nook edition.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{wright:2014,
+  author = {Wright, Jacob L.},
+  title = {David, King of Israel, and Caleb in Biblical Memory},
+  shorttitle = {David, King of Israel},
+  location = {Cambridge},
+  publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
+  date = {2014},
+  eprint = {Kindle},
+  eprinttype = {ebook}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplemacro{\textbackslash autocite[ch.\textasciitilde 3, \textbackslash
+  mkibquote\{Introducing David\}]\{wright:2014\}}
+  \samplecite*{3}[ch.~3, \mkbibquote{Introducing David}]{wright:2014}
+  \samplemacro{\textbackslash autocite[ch.\textasciitilde 5, \textbackslash
+  mkibquote\{Evidence from Qumran\}]\{wright:2014\}}
+  \samplecite*{21}[ch.~5, \mkbibquote{Evidence from Qumran}]{wright:2014}
+  \samplebib{wright:2014}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}3. Jacob L. Wright, \emph{David, King of Israel, and
+  Caleb in Biblical Memory} (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2014),
+  Kindle edition, ch.~3, “Introducing David.”
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}21. Wright, \emph{David, King of Israel,} ch.~5,
+  “Evidence from Qumran.”
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Jacob L. Wright, \emph{David, King of Israel, and
+  Caleb in Biblical Memory.} Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2014.
+  Kindle edition.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{killebrew+steiner:2014,
+  editor = {Killebrew, Ann E. and Steiner, Margreet},
+  title = {The Oxford Handbook of the Archaeology of the Levant: c.~8000--332 BCE},
+  shorttitle = {Archaeology of the Levant},
+  location = {Oxford},
+  publisher = {Oxford University Press},
+  date = {2014},
+  doi = {10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199212972.001.0001}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{53}{killebrew+steiner:2014}
+  \samplecite{55}{killebrew+steiner:2014}
+  \samplebib{killebrew+steiner:2014}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}53. Ann E. Killebrew and Margreet Steiner, eds.,
+  \emph{The Oxford Handbook of the Archaeology of the Levant: c.~8000–332 BCE}
+  (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2014),
+  doi:10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199212972.001.0001.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}55. Killebrew and Steiner, \emph{Archaeology of the
+  Levant.}
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Killebrew, Ann E.\footnote{Should be “Killebrew, Ann
+  E.,”?} and Margreet Steiner, eds. \emph{The Oxford Handbook of the
+  Archaeology of the Levant: c.~8000–332 BCE.} Oxford: Oxford University
+  Press, 2014. doi:10.1093/ oxfordhb/9780199212972.001.0001.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{kaufman:1974,
+  author = {Kaufman, Stephen},
+  title = {The Akkadian Influences on Aramaic},
+  series = {Assyriological Studies},
+  shortseries = {AS},
+  number = {19},
+  location = {Chicago},
+  publisher = {The Oriental Institute of the University of Chicago},
+  date = {1974},
+  url = {http://oi.uchicago.edu/pdf/as19.pdf}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{29}{kaufman:1974}
+  \samplecite{32}[123]{kaufman:1974}
+  \samplebib{kaufman:1974}
+  \samplebiblist{kaufman:1974}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}29. Stephen Kaufman. \emph{The Akkadian Influences on
+  Aramaic,} AS~19 (Chicago: The Oriental Institute of the University of
+  Chicago, 1974), \nolinkurl{http://oi.uchicago.edu/pdf/as19.pdf.}
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}32. Kaufman, \emph{Akkadian Influences on Aramaic,} 123.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Kaufman, Stephen. \emph{The Akkadian Influences on
+  Aramaic.} AS~19. Chicago: The Oriental Institute of the University of
+  Chicago, 1974. \nolinkurl{http://oi.uchicago.edu/pdf/as19.pdf.}
+
+  \refbiblist{AS}{Assyriological Studies}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsection{General Examples: Journal Articles, Reviews, and Dissertations}
+
+\subsubsection{A Journal Article}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@article{leyerle:1993,
+  author = {Leyerle, Blake},
+  title = {John Chrysostom on the Gaze},
+  shorttitle = {Chrysostom},
+  journaltitle = {Journal of Early Christian Studies},
+  shortjournal = {JECS},
+  volume = {1},
+  date = {1993},
+  pages = {159-174}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{7}{leyerle:1993}
+  \samplecite{23}[161]{leyerle:1993}
+  \samplebib{leyerle:1993}
+  \samplebiblist{leyerle:1993}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}7. Blake Leyerle, “John Chrysostom on the Gaze,”
+  \emph{JECS} 1 (1993): 159–74.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}23. Leyerle, “John Chrysostom,” 161.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Leyerle, Blake. “John Chrysostom on the Gaze.”
+  \emph{JECS} 1 (1993): 159–74.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{JECS}}{\emph{Journal of Early Christian Studies}}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A Journal Article with Multiple Page Locations and Volumes}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@article{wildberger:1965,
+  author = {Wildberger, Hans},
+  title = {Das Abbild Gottes: Gen 1:26--30},
+  journaltitle = {Theologische Zeitschrift},
+  shortjournal = {TZ},
+  volume = {21},
+  date = {1965},
+  pages = {245-259, 481-501}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{21}{wildberger:1965}
+  \samplebib{wildberger:1965}
+  \samplebiblist{wildberger:1965}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}21. Hans Wildberger, “Das Abbild Gottes: Gen 1:26–30,”
+  \emph{TZ}~21 (1965): 245–59, 481–501.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Wildberger, Hans. “Das Abbild Gottes: Gen 1:26–30.”
+  \emph{TZ}~21 (1965): 245–59, 481–501.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{TZ}}{\emph{Theologische Zeitschrift}}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@article{wellhausen:1876-1877,
+  author = {Wellhausen, Julius},
+  title = {Die Composition des Hexateuchs},
+  journaltitle = {Jahrbuch für deutsche Theologie},
+  shortjournal = {JDT},
+  pages = {21 \mkbibparens{1876}: 392--450\addsemicolon\space 22 \mkbibparens{1877}: 407--479}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{24}{wellhausen:1876-1877}
+  \samplebib{wellhausen:1876-1877}
+  \samplebiblist{wellhausen:1876-1877}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}24. Julius Wellhausen, “Die Composition des Hexateuchs,”
+  \emph{JDT}~21 (1876): 392–450; 22 (1877): 407–79.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Wellhausen, Julius. “Die Composition des Hexateuchs.”
+  \emph{JDT}~21 (1876): 392–450; 22 (1877): 407–79.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{JDT}}{\emph{Jahrbuch für deutsche Theologie}}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A Journal Article Republished in a Collected Volume}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@article{freedman:1977,
+  author = {Freedman, David Noel},
+  title = {Pottery, Poetry, and Prophecy: An Essay on Biblical Poetry},
+  journaltitle = {Journal of Biblical Literature},
+  shortjournal = {JBL},
+  volume = {96},
+  date = {1977},
+  pages = {5-26}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{20}[20]{freedman:1977}
+  \samplebib{freedman:1977}
+  \samplebiblist{freedman:1977}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}20. David Noel Freedman, “Pottery, Poetry, and Prophecy:
+  An Essay on Biblical Poetry,” \emph{JBL}~96 (1977): 20.\footnote{Should be
+  “5–26” (full page reference) as elsewhere?}
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Freedman, David Noel. “Pottery, Poetry, and Prophecy:
+  An Essay on Biblical Poetry.” \emph{JBL}~96 (1977): 5–26.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{JBL}}{\emph{Journal of Biblical Literature}}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@incollection{freedman:1980,
+  author = {Freedman, David Noel},
+  title = {Pottery, Poetry, and Prophecy: An Essay on Biblical Poetry},
+  booktitle = {Pottery, Poetry, and Prophecy: Studies in Early Hebrew Poetry},
+  location = {Winona Lake, IN},
+  publisher = {Eisenbrauns},
+  date = {1980},
+  pages = {1-22}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{20}[14]{freedman:1980}
+  \samplebib{freedman:1980}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}20. David Noel Freedman, “Pottery, Poetry, and Prophecy:
+  An Essay on Biblical Poetry,” in \emph{Pottery, Poetry, and Prophecy:
+  Studies in Early Hebrew Poetry} (Winona Lake, IN: Eisenbrauns, 1980),
+  14.\footnote{Should be “1–22” (full page reference) as elsewhere?}
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Freedman, David Noel. “Pottery, Poetry, and Prophecy:
+  An Essay on Biblical Poetry.” Pages 1–22 in \emph{Pottery, Poetry, and
+  Prophecy: Studies in Early Hebrew Poetry.} Winona Lake, IN: Eisenbrauns,
+  1980.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A Book Review}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@review{teeple:1966,
+  author = {Teeple, Howard M.},
+  revdauthor = {Robert, André and Feuillet, André},
+  revdtitle = {Introduction to the New Testament},
+  journaltitle = {Journal of Bible and Religion},
+  shortjournal = {JBR},
+  volume = {34},
+  date = {1966},
+  pages = {368-370}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{8}{teeple:1966}
+  \samplecite{21}[369]{teeple:1966}
+  \samplebib{teeple:1966}
+  \samplebiblist{teeple:1966}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}8. Howard M. Teeple, review of \emph{Introduction to the
+  New Testament,} by André Robert and André Feuillet, \emph{JBR} 34 (1966):
+  368–70.
+  
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}21. Teeple, review of \emph{Introduction to the New
+  Testament} (by Robert and Feuillet), 369.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Teeple, Howard M. Review of \emph{Introduction to the
+  New Testament,} by André Robert and André Feuillet. \emph{JBR} 34 (1966):
+  368–70.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{JBR}}{\emph{Journal of Bible and Religion}}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@review{pelikan:1992,
+  author = {Pelikan, Jaroslav},
+  title = {The Things That You're Liable to Read in the Bible},
+  revdeditor = {Freedman, David Noel},
+  revdtitle = {The Anchor Bible Dictionary},
+  journaltitle = {New York Times Review of Books},
+  date = {1992-12-20},
+  pages = {3}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{9}{pelikan:1992}
+  \samplebib{pelikan:1992}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}9. Jaroslav Pelikan, “The Things That You're Liable to
+  Read in the Bible,” review of \emph{The Anchor Bible Dictionary,} ed.\@
+  David Noel Freedman. \emph{New York Times Review of Books,} 20 December
+  1992, 3.
+  
+  \hangindent\bibindent Pelikan, Jaroslav. “The Things That You're Liable to
+  Read in the Bible,” review of \emph{The Anchor Bible Dictionary,} ed.\@
+  David Noel Freedman. \emph{New York Times Review of Books,} 20 December
+  1992, 3.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@article{petersen:1988,
+  author = {Petersen, David L.},
+  title = {Hebrew Bible Textbooks: A Review Article},
+  journaltitle = {Critical Review of Books in Religion},
+  shortjournal = {CRBR},
+  volume = {1},
+  date = {1988},
+  pages = {1-18}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{7}{petersen:1988}
+  \samplecite{14}[8]{petersen:1988}
+  \samplebib{petersen:1988}
+  \samplebiblist{petersen:1988}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}7. David Petersen, “Hebrew Bible Textbooks: A Review
+  Article,” \emph{CRBR} 1 (1988): 1–18.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}14. Petersen, “Hebrew Bible Textbooks,” 8.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Petersen, David. “Hebrew Bible Textbooks: A Review
+  Article.” \emph{CRBR} 1 (1988): 1–18.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{CRBR}}{\emph{Critical Review of Books in Religion}}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{An Unpublished Dissertation or Thesis}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@thesis{klosinski:1988,
+  author = {Klosinski, Lee E.},
+  title = {Meals in Mark},
+  type = {phdthesis},
+  institution = {The Claremont Graduate School},
+  date = {1988}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{21}[22-44]{klosinski:1988}
+  \samplecite{26}[23]{klosinski:1988}
+  \samplebib{klosinski:1988}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}21. Lee E. Klosinski, “Meals in Mark” (PhD diss., The
+  Claremont Graduate School, 1988), 22–44.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}26. Klosinski, “Meals in Mark,” 23.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Klosinski, Lee. E. “Meals in Mark.” PhD diss., The
+  Claremont Graduate School, 1988.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{An Article in an Encyclopaedia or a Dictionary}
+
+\paragraph{An Article in a Multivolume Encyclopaedia or Dictionary}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvreference{IDB,
+  editor = {Buttrick, George A.},
+  title = {The Interpreter's Dictionary of the Bible},
+  shorttitle = {IDB},
+  volumes = {4},
+  location = {New York},
+  publisher = {Abingdon},
+  date = {1962},
+  shorthand = {IDB}
+}
+
+@inreference{stendahl:1962,
+  author = {Stendahl, Krister},
+  title = {Biblical Theology, Contemporary},
+  shorttitle = {Biblical Theology},
+  volume = {1},
+  pages = {418-432},
+  crossref = {IDB},
+  xref = {IDB}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{33}{stendahl:1962}
+  \samplecite{36}[419]{stendahl:1962}
+  \samplebib{stendahl:1962}
+  \samplemacro{\textbackslash usepackage[style=sbl,fullbibrefs]\{biblatex\} \\
+  \textbackslash printbibliography}
+  \toggletrue{fullbibrefs}
+  \samplebib*{stendahl:1962}
+  \togglefalse{fullbibrefs}
+  \samplebiblist{IDB}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}33. Krister Stendahl, “Biblical Theology, Contemporary,”
+  \emph{IDB} 1:418–32.
+  
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}36. Stendahl, “Biblical Theology,” 1:419.
+  
+  Stendahl, Krister. “Biblical Theology, Contemporary.” \emph{IDB} 1:418–32.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{IDB}}{\emph{The Interpreter's Dictionary of the Bible.}
+  Edited by George A. Buttrick. 4~vols. New York: Abingdon, 1962}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\paragraph{An Article in a Single-Volume Encyclopaedia or Dictionary}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@reference{DOTP,
+  editor = {Alexander, T. Desmond and Baker, David W.},
+  title = {Dictionary of the Old Testament: Pentateuch},
+  shorttitle = {DOTP},
+  location = {Downers Grove, IL},
+  publisher = {InterVarsity},
+  date = {2003},
+  shorthand = {DOTP}
+}
+
+@inreference{olson:2003,
+  author = {Olson, Dennis T.},
+  title = {Numbers, Book of},
+  shorttitle = {Numbers},
+  pages = {611-618},
+  crossref = {DOTP},
+  xref = {DOTP}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{33}{olson:2003}
+  \samplecite{36}[612]{olson:2003}
+  \samplebib{olson:2003}
+  \samplebiblist{DOTP}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\subsubsection{An Article in a Lexicon or Theological Dictionary}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvlexicon{NIDNTT,
+  editor = {Brown, Colin},
+  title = {New International Dictionary of New Testament Theology},
+  shorttitle = {NIDNTT},
+  volumes = {4},
+  location = {Grand Rapids},
+  publisher = {Zondervan},
+  date = {1975/1985},
+  shorthand = {NIDNTT}
+}
+
+@inlexicon{dahn+liefeld:see+vision+eye,
+  author = {Dahn, Karl and Liefeld, Walter L.},
+  title = {See, Vision, Eye},
+  volume = {3},
+  pages = {511-521},
+  xref = {NIDNTT}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{3}{dahn+liefeld:see+vision+eye}
+  \samplebib{NIDNTT}
+  \samplebiblist{NIDNTT}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}3. Karl Dahn and Walter L. Liefeld, “See, Vision, Eye,”
+  \emph{NIDNTT} 3:511–21.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Brown, Colin, ed. \emph{New International Dictionary
+  of New Testament Theology.} 4 vols. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1975–1985.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{NIDNTT}}{\emph{New International Dictionary of New
+  Testament Theology.} Edited by Colin Brown. 4 vols. Grand Rapids: Zondervan,
+  1975-1985}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvlexicon{TDNT,
+  editor = {Kittel, Gerhard and Friedrich, Gerhard},
+  title = {Theological Dictionary of the New Testament},
+  shorttitle = {TDNT},
+  translator = {Bromiley, Geoffrey W.},
+  volumes = {10},
+  location = {Grand Rapids},
+  publisher = {Eerdmans},
+  date = {1964/1976},
+  shorthand = {TDNT}
+}
+
+@inlexicon{beyer:diakoneo+diakonia+ktl,
+  author = {Beyer, Hermann W.},
+  title = {\textgreek{διακονέω, διακονία, κτλ}},
+  volume = {2},
+  pages = {81-93},
+  xref = {TDNT}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+  
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{6}{beyer:diakoneo+diakonia+ktl}
+  \samplecite{25}[83]{beyer:diakoneo+diakonia+ktl}
+  \samplebib{TDNT}
+  \samplebiblist{TDNT}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}6. Hermann W. Beyer, “\textgreek{διακονέω, διακονία, κτλ},”
+  \emph{TDNT} 2:81–93.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}25. Beyer, \emph{TDNT} 2:83.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Kittel, Gerhard, and Gerhard Friedrich, eds.
+  \emph{Theological Dictionary of the New Testament.} Translated by Geoffrey
+  W. Bromiley. 10 vols. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1964–1976.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{TDNT}}{\emph{Theological Dictionary of the New Testament.}
+    Edited by Gerhard Kittel and Gerhard Friedrich. Translated by Geoffrey W.
+  Bromiley. 10 vols. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1964–1976}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvlexicon{TLNT,
+  author = {Spicq, Ceslas},
+  title = {Theological Lexicon of the New Testament},
+  shorttitle = {TLNT},
+  editor = {Ernest, James D.},
+  translator = {Ernest, James D.},
+  volumes = {3},
+  location = {Peabody, MA},
+  publisher = {Hendrickson},
+  date = {1994},
+  shorthand = {TLNT}
+}
+
+@inlexicon{spicq:atakteo+ataktos+ataktos,
+  author = {Spicq, Ceslas},
+  title = {\textgreek{ἀτακτέω, ἄτακτος, ἀτάκτως}},
+  volume = {1},
+  pages = {223-224},
+  xref = {TLNT}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{7}{spicq:atakteo+ataktos+ataktos}
+  \samplebib{TLNT}
+  \samplebiblist{TLNT}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}7. Ceslas Spicq, “\textgreek{ἀτακτέω, ἄτακτος, ἀτάκτως},”
+  \emph{TLNT} 1:223–24.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Spicq, Ceslas. \emph{Theological Lexicon of the New
+  Testament.} Translated and edited by James D. Ernest. 3 vols. Peabody, MA:
+  Hendrickson, 1994.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{TLNT}}{\emph{Theological Lexicon of the New Testament.}
+    Ceslas Spicq. Translated and edited by James D. Ernest. 3 vols. Peabody,
+  MA: Hendrickson, 1994}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvlexicon{TLNT,
+  author = {Spicq, Ceslas},
+  title = {Theological Lexicon of the New Testament},
+  shorttitle = {TLNT},
+  editor = {Ernest, James D.},
+  translator = {Ernest, James D.},
+  volumes = {3},
+  location = {Peabody, MA},
+  publisher = {Hendrickson},
+  date = {1994},
+  shorthand = {TLNT}
+}
+
+@inlexicon{spicq:amoibe,
+  author = {Spicq, Ceslas},
+  title = {\textgreek{ἀμοιβή}},
+  volume = {1},
+  pages = {95-96},
+  xref = {TLNT}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{143}{spicq:amoibe}
+  \samplecite{147}[95]{spicq:amoibe}
+  \samplebib{TLNT}
+  \samplebiblist{TLNT}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  143. Ceslas Spicq, “\textgreek{ἀμοιβή},” \emph{TLNT} 1:95–96.
+
+  147. Spicq, \emph{TLNT} 1:95.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Spicq, Ceslas. \emph{Theological Lexicon of the New
+  Testament.} Translated and edited by James D. Ernest. 3 vols. Peabody, MA:
+  Hendrickson, 1994.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{TLNT}}{\emph{Theological Lexicon of the New Testament.}
+    Ceslas Spicq. Translated and edited by James D. Ernest. 3 vols. Peabody,
+  MA: Hendrickson, 1994}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvlexicon{TDNT,
+  editor = {Kittel, Gerhard and Friedrich, Gerhard},
+  title = {Theological Dictionary of the New Testament},
+  shorttitle = {TDNT},
+  translator = {Bromiley, Geoffrey W.},
+  volumes = {10},
+  location = {Grand Rapids},
+  publisher = {Eerdmans},
+  date = {1964/1976},
+  shorthand = {TDNT}
+}
+
+@inlexicon{beyer:diakoneo,
+  author = {Beyer, Hermann W.},
+  title = {\textgreek{διακονέω}},
+  volume = {2},
+  pages = {81-87},
+  xref = {TDNT}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{23}{beyer:diakoneo}
+  \samplebib{TDNT}
+  \samplebiblist{TDNT}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}23. Hermann W. Beyer, “\textgreek{διακονέω},” \emph{TDNT}
+  2:81–87.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Kittel, Gerhard, and Gerhard Friedrich, eds.
+  \emph{Theological Dictionary of the New Testament.} Translated by Geoffrey
+  W. Bromiley. 10 vols. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1964–1976.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{TDNT}}{\emph{Theological Dictionary of the New Testament.}
+  Edited by Gerhard Kittel and Gerhard Friedrich. Translated by Geoffrey W.
+  Bromiley. 10 vols. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1964–1976}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvlexicon{NIDNTT,
+  editor = {Brown, Colin},
+  title = {New International Dictionary of New Testament Theology},
+  shorttitle = {NIDNTT},
+  volumes = {4},
+  location = {Grand Rapids},
+  publisher = {Zondervan},
+  date = {1975/1985},
+  shorthand = {NIDNTT}
+}
+
+@inlexicon{dahn:horao,
+  author = {Dahn, Karl},
+  title = {\textgreek{ὁράω}},
+  volume = {3},
+  pages = {511-518},
+  xref = {NIDNTT}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{26}{dahn:horao}
+  \samplecite{29}[511]{dahn:horao}
+  \samplebib{NIDNTT}
+  \samplebiblist{NIDNTT}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}26. Karl Dahn, “\textgreek{ὁράω},” \emph{NIDNTT} 3:511–18.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}29. Dahn, \emph{NIDNTT} 3:511.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Brown, Colin, ed. \emph{New International Dictionary
+  of New Testament Theology.} 4 vols. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1975–1985.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{NIDNTT}}{\emph{New International Dictionary of New
+  Testament Theology.} Edited by Colin Brown. 4 vols. Grand Rapids:
+  Zondervan, 1975–1978}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A Paper Presented at a Professional Society}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@misc{SBL,
+  note = {Society of Biblical Literature},
+  shorthand = {SBL},
+  options = {skipbib}
+}
+
+@conferencepaper{niditch:1994,
+  author = {Niditch, Susan},
+  title = {Oral Culture and Written Documents},
+  shorttitle = {Oral Culture},
+  eventtitle = {the Annual Meeting of the New England Region of the \citeshorthand{SBL}},
+  venue = {Worcester, MA},
+  eventdate = {1994-03-25}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{31}[13-17]{niditch:1994}
+  \samplecite{35}[14]{niditch:1994}
+  \samplebib{niditch:1994}
+  \samplebiblist{SBL}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}31. Susan Niditch, “Oral Culture and Written Documents”
+  (paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the New England Region of the SBL,
+  Worcester, MA, 25 March 1994), 13–17.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}35. Niditch, “Oral Culture,” 14.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Niditch, Susan. “Oral Culture and Written Documents.”
+  Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the New England Region of the SBL.
+  Worcester, MA, 25 March 1994.
+
+  \refbiblist{SBL}{Society of Biblical Literature}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{An Article in a Magazine}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@article{saldarini:1998,
+  author = {Saldarini, Anthony J.},
+  title = {Babatha's Story},
+  journaltitle = {Biblical Archaeology Review},
+  shortjournal = {BAR},
+  volume = {24},
+  number = {2},
+  date = {1998},
+  pages = {23-33, 36-37, 72-74}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{8}{saldarini:1998}
+  \samplecite{27}[28]{saldarini:1998}
+  \samplebib{saldarini:1998}
+  \samplebiblist{saldarini:1998}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}8.Anthony J. Saldarini, “Babatha’s Story,”
+  \emph{BAR}~24.2 (1998): 28–33, 36–37, 72–74.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}27. Saldarini, “Babatha’s Story,” 28.
+
+ \hangindent\bibindent Saldarini, Anthony J. “Babatha’s Story.”
+ \emph{BAR}~24.2 (1998): 28–33, 36–37, 72–74.
+
+ \refbiblist{\emph{BAR}}{\emph{Biblical Archaeology Review}}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{An Electronic Journal Article}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@article{springer:2014,
+  author = {Springer, Carl P. E.},
+  title = {Of Roosers and \mkbibemph{Repetitio}: Ambrose's \mkbibemph{Aeterne rerum conditor}},
+  journaltitle = {Vigiliae Christianae},
+  shortjournal = {VC},
+  volume = {68},
+  date = {2014},
+  pages = {155-177},
+  doi = {10.1163/15700720-12341158}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{43}{springer:2014}
+  \samplecite{45}[158]{springer:2014}
+  \samplebib{springer:2014}
+  \samplebiblist{springer:2014}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}43. Carl P. E. Springer, “Of Roosters and
+  \emph{Repetitio}: Ambrose’s \emph{Aeterne rerum conditor},” \emph{VC}~68
+  (2014): 155–77, \nolinkurl{doi:10.1163/15700720-12341158}.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}45. Springer, “Of Roosters and \emph{Repetitio},” 158.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Springer, Carl P. E. “Of Roosters and
+  \emph{Repetitio}: Ambrose’s \emph{Aeterne rerum conditor}.” \emph{VC}~68
+  (2014): 155–77. \nolinkurl{doi:10.1163/15700720-12341158}.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{VC}}{\emph{Vigiliae Christianae}}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@article{truehart:1996,
+  author = {Truehart, Charles},
+  title = {Welcome to the Next Church},
+  shorttitle = {Next Church},
+  url = {http://www.theatlantic.com/atlantic/issues/96aug/nxtchrch/nxtchrch.htm},
+  journaltitle = {Atlantic Monthly},
+  volume = {278},
+  date = {1996-08},
+  pages = {37-58}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{8}{truehart:1996}
+  \samplecite{12}[37]{truehart:1996}
+  \samplebib{truehart:1996}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}8. Charles Truehart, “Welcome to the Next Church,”
+  \emph{Atlantic Monthly} 278 (August 1996): 37–58,
+  \nolinkurl{http://www.theatlantic.com/past/docs/issues/96aug/nxtchrch/nxtchrch.htm}.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}12. Truehart, “Next Church,” 37.
+ 
+  \sloppy\hangindent\bibindent Truehart, Charles. “Welcome to the Next Church.”
+  \emph{Atlantic Monthly} 278 (August 1996): 37–58.
+  \nolinkurl{http://www.theatlantic.com/past/docs/issues/96aug/nxtchrch/nxtchrch.htm}.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@article{kirk:2007,
+  author = {Kirk, Alan},
+  title = {Karl Polanyi, Marshall Sahlins, and the Study of Ancient Social Relations},
+  shorttitle = {Karl Polanyi},
+  journaltitle = {Journal of Biblical Literature},
+  shortjournal = {JBL},
+  volume = {126},
+  date = {2007},
+  pages = {182-191},
+  doi = {10.2307/27638428},
+  url = {http://www.jstor.org/stable/27638428}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{31}{kirk:2007}
+  \samplecite{35}[186]{kirk:2007}
+  \samplebib{kirk:2007}
+  \samplebiblist{kirk:2007}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}31. Alan Kirk, “Karl Polanyi, Marshall Sahlins, and the
+  Study of Ancient Social Relations,” \emph{JBL}~126 (2007): 182–91,
+  \nolinkurl{doi:10.2307/27638428},
+  \nolinkurl{http://www.jstor.org/stable/27638428}.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}35. Kirk, “Karl Polanyi,” 186.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Alan Kirk.\footnote{Should be “Kirk, Alan.”?} “Karl
+  Polanyi, Marshall Sahlins, and the Study of Ancient Social Relations,”
+  \emph{JBL}~126 (2007): 182–91. \nolinkurl{doi:10.2307/27638428}.
+  \nolinkurl{http://www.jstor.org/stable/27638428}.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{JBL}}{\emph{Journal of Biblical Literature}}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsection{Special Examples}
+
+\subsubsection{Texts from the Ancient Near East}
+
+\paragraph{Citing \textsl{COS}}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvcollection{COS,
+  editor = {Hallo, William W.},
+  title = {The Context of Scripture},
+  shorttitle = {COS},
+  volumes = {3},
+  location = {Leiden},
+  publisher = {Brill},
+  date = {1997/2002},
+  shorthand = {COS},
+  options = {skipbib}
+}
+
+@collection{hallo:1997,
+  editor = {Hallo, William W.},
+  title = {Canonical Compositions from the Biblical World},
+  shorttitle = {COS},
+  maintitle = {The Context of Scripture},
+  volume = {1},
+  location = {Leiden},
+  publisher = {Brill},
+  date = {1997},
+  shorthand = {COS},
+  xref = {COS},
+  options = {skipbiblist}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{greathymnaten,
+  entrysubtype = {COS},
+  title = {The Great Hymn to the Aten},
+  shorttitle = {Great Hymn to the Aten},
+  translator = {Lichtheim, Miriam},
+  volume = {1},
+  part = {26},
+  pages = {44-46},
+  related = {hallo:1997},
+  relatedoptions = {usevolume=false,skipbiblist}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{7}{greathymnaten}
+  \samplecite{11}{greathymnaten}
+  \samplebib{hallo:1997}
+  \samplebiblist{COS}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}7. “The Great Hymn to the Aten,” trans.\@ Miriam Lichtheim
+  (\emph{COS} 1.26:44–46).
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}11. “Great Hymn to the Aten,” \emph{COS} 1.26:44–46.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Hallo, William W., ed. \emph{Canonical Compositions
+  from the Biblical World.} Vol.~1 of \emph{The Context of Scripture.} Leiden:
+  Brill, 1997.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{COS}}{\emph{The Context of Scripture.} Edited by William
+  W. Hallo. 3 vols. Leiden: Brill, 1997–2002}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\paragraph{Citing Other Texts}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@collection{ANET,
+  editor = {Pritchard, James B.},
+  title = {Ancient Near Eastern Texts Relating to the Old Testament},
+  shorttitle = {ANET},
+  edition = {3},
+  location = {Princeton},
+  publisher = {Princeton University Press},
+  date = {1969},
+  shorthand = {ANET}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{suppiluliumas,
+  title = {Suppiluliumas and the Egyptian Queen},
+  translator = {Goetz, Albrecht},
+  related = {ANET},
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{16}[319]{suppiluliumas}
+  \samplebib{ANET}
+  \samplebiblist{ANET}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}16. “Suppiluliumas and the Egyptian Queen,” trans.\@
+  Albrecht Goetze (\emph{ANET,} 319).
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Pritchard, James B., ed. \emph{Ancient Near Eastern
+  Texts Relating to the Old Testament.} 3rd~ed. Princeton: Princeton
+  University Press, 1969.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{ANET}}{\emph{Ancient Near Eastern Texts Relating to the
+  Old Testament.} Edited by James B. Pritchard. 3rd~ed. Princeton: Princeton
+  University Press, 1969}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{dalley:1991,
+  author = {Dalley, Stephanie},
+  title = {Myths from Mesopotamia},
+  location = {Oxford},
+  publisher = {Oxford University Press},
+  date = {1991}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{erraandishum,
+  title = {Erra and Ishum},
+  pages = {282-315},
+  related = {dalley:1991},
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{5}{erraandishum}
+  \samplebib{dalley:1991}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}5. “Erra and Ishum” (Stephanie Dalley, \emph{Myths from
+  Mesopotamia} [Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1991], 282–315).
+  
+  \hangindent\bibindent Dalley, Stephanie. \emph{Myths from Mesopotamia.}
+  Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1991.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{foster:1993,
+  author = {Foster, Benjamin},
+  title = {Before the Muses: An Anthology of Akkadian Literature},
+  shorttitle = {Muses},
+  volume = {1},
+  location = {Bethesda, MD},
+  publisher = {CDL},
+  date = {1993}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{erraandishum:foster,
+  title = {Erra and Ishum},
+  pages = {771-805},
+  related = {foster:1993},
+  relatedoptions = {usevolume=false}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{5}{erraandishum:foster}
+  \samplebib{foster:1993}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}5. “Erra and Ishum” (Benjamin Foster, \emph{Before the
+  Muses: An Anthology of Akkadian Literature} [Bethesda, MD: CDL, 1993],
+  1:771–805).
+  
+  \hangindent\bibindent Foster, Benjamin. \emph{Before the Muses: An Anthology of
+  Akkadian Literature.} Vol.~1. Bethesda, MD: CDL, 1993.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvbook{AEL,
+  author = {Lichtheim, Miriam},
+  title = {Ancient Egyptian Literature},
+  shorttitle = {AEL},
+  volumes = {3},
+  location = {Berkeley},
+  publisher = {University of California Press},
+  date = {1971/1980},
+  shorthand = {AEL},
+  options = {skipbib}
+}
+
+@book{lichtheim:1976,
+  author = {Lichtheim, Miriam},
+  title = {Ancient Egyptian Literature},
+  shorttitle = {AEL},
+  volume = {2},
+  location = {Berkeley},
+  publisher = {University of California Press},
+  date = {1976},
+  shorthand = {AEL},
+  ref = {AEL},
+  options = {skipbiblist}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{doomedprince,
+  title = {The Doomed Prince},
+  pages = {200-203},
+  related = {lichtheim:1976},
+  relatedoptions = {shorthand=short,usevolume=false,skipbiblist}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{34}{doomedprince}
+  \samplecite{36}[200-203]{doomedprince}
+  \samplebib{lichtheim:1976}
+  \samplebiblist{AEL}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}34. “The Doomed Prince” (Miriam Lichtheim, \emph{Ancient
+  Egyptian Literature} [Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976],
+  2:200–203).\footnote{Should be “200–3”?}
+  
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}36. “The Doomed Prince” (\emph{AEL}
+  2:200–203).\footnote{Should be “200–3”?}
+  
+  \hangindent \bibindent Lichtheim, Miriam. \emph{Ancient Egyptian
+  Literature.} Vol~2. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{AEL}}{\emph{Ancient Egyptian Literature.} Miriam
+  Lichtheim. 3 vols. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1971–1980}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{hoffner:1990,
+  author = {Hoffner, Jr., Harry A.},
+  title = {Hittite Myths},
+  editor = {Beckman, Gary M.},
+  series = {Writings from the Ancient World},
+  shortseries = {WAW},
+  number = {2},
+  location = {Atlanta},
+  publisher = {Scholars Press},
+  date = {1990}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{disappearanceofsungod,
+  title = {The Disappearance of the Sun God},
+  related = {hoffner:1990}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{12}[§3 (A I 11--17)|26]{disappearanceofsungod}
+  \samplebib{hoffner:1990}
+  \samplebiblist{hoffner:1990}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}12. “The Disappearance of the Sun God,” §3 (A I 11–17)
+  (Harry A. Hoffner Jr., \emph{Hittite Myths} [ed.\@ Gary M. Beckman;
+  WAW~2;\footnote{Editor, series, and number should be outside of
+  parentheses?} Atlanta: Scholars Press, 1990], 26).
+  
+  \hangindent\bibindent Hoffner, Harry A., Jr. \emph{Hittite Myths.} Edited by
+  Gary M. Beckman. WAW~2. Atlanta: Scholars Press, 1990.
+
+  \refbiblist{WAW}{Writings from the Ancient World}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvbook{RIMA,
+  entrysubtype = {RIMA},
+  author = {Grayson, Albert Kirk},
+  title = {Assyrian Rulers of the Early First Millennium BC \mkibparens{1114--859 BC}},
+  series = {The Royal Inscriptions of Mesopotamia, Assyrian Periods},
+  shortseries = {RIMA},
+  number = {2},
+  location = {Toronto},
+  publisher = {University of Toronto Press},
+  date = {1991},
+  shorthand = {RIMA},
+  options = {skipbiblistshorthand}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{ashurinscription,
+  entrysubtype = {inscription},
+  title = {Ashur Inscription},
+  pages = {143-144},
+  related = {RIMA},
+  relatedoptions = {skipbiblistshorthand,shorthand=short}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplemacro{\textbackslash autocite[obv.\textbackslash{} lines
+  10--17|]\{ashurinscription\}}
+  \samplecite*{32}[obv.\ lines 10--17|]{ashurinscription}
+  \samplemacro{\textbackslash autocite[obv.\textbackslash{} lines
+  10--17|]\{ashurinscription\}}
+  \samplecite*{34}[obv.\ lines 10--17|]{ashurinscription}
+  \samplebib{RIMA}
+  \samplebiblist{series-RIMA}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}32. Ashur Inscription, obv.\ lines 10–17 (Albert Kirk
+  Grayson, \emph{Assyrian Rulers of the Early First Millennium BC [1114–859
+  BC],} RIMA~2 [Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1991], 143–44).
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}34. Ashur Inscription, obv.\ lines 10–17 (RIMA
+  2:143–44).
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Grayson, Albert Kirk. \emph{Assyrian Rulers of the
+  Early First Millennium BC (1114–859 BC).} RIMA~2. Toronto: University of
+  Toronto Press, 1991.
+
+  \refbiblist{RIMA}{The Royal Inscriptions of Mesopotamia, Assyrian Periods}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{ABC,
+  author = {Grayson, Albert Kirk},
+  title = {Assyrian and Babylonian Chronicles},
+  shorttitle = {ABC},
+  series = {Texts from Cuneiform Sources},
+  shortseries = {TCS},
+  number = {5},
+  location = {Locust Valley, NY},
+  publisher = {Augustin},
+  date = {1975},
+  shorthand = {ABC}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{esarhaddonchronicle,
+  entrysubtype = {chronicle},
+  title = {Esarhaddon Chronicle},
+  related = {ABC},
+  relatedoptions = {shorthand=short}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{33}[lines 3--4|125]{esarhaddonchronicle}
+  \samplecite{34}[lines 3--4|125]{esarhaddonchronicle}
+  \samplebib{ABC}
+  \samplebiblist{ABC}
+  \samplebiblist*{series-ABC}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}33. Esarhaddon Chronicle, lines 3–4 (Albert Kirk
+  Grayson, \emph{Assyrian and Babylonian Chronicles,} TCS [Locust Valley, NY:
+  Augustin, 1975], 125).
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}33. Esarhaddon Chronicle, lines 3–4 (\emph{ABC,} 125).
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Grayson, Albert Kirk. \emph{Assyrian and Babylonian
+  Chronicles.} TCS. Locust Valley, NY: Augustin, 1975.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{ABC}}{\emph{Assyrian and Babylonian Chronicles.} Albert K.
+  Grayson. TCS~5. Locust Valley, NY: Augustin, 1975}
+
+  \refbiblist{TCS}{Texts from Cuneiform Sources}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{ARM1,
+  author = {Dossin, Georges},
+  title = {Lettres},
+  series = {Archives royales de Mari},
+  shortseries = {ARM},
+  number = {1},
+  origdate = {1946},
+  location = {Paris},
+  publisher = {Geuthner},
+  date = {1967},
+  shorthand = {ARM},
+  options = {skipbiblistshorthand}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{45}[1.3]{ARM1}
+  \samplebib{ARM1}
+  \samplebiblist{series-ARM1}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}45. ARM 1.3.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Dossin, Georges. \emph{Lettres.} ARM~1. 1946. Repr.,
+  Paris: Geuthner, 1967.
+
+  \refbiblist{ARM}{Archives royales de Mari}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{ARMT1,
+  author = {Dossin, Georges},
+  title = {Correspondance de Šamši-Addu et de ses fils},
+  series = {Archives royales de Mari, transcrite et traduite},
+  shortseries = {ARMT},
+  number = {1},
+  location = {Paris},
+  publisher = {Imprimerei nationale},
+  date = {1950},
+  shorthand = {ARMT},
+  options = {skipbiblistshorthand}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{45}[1.3]{ARMT1}
+  \samplebib{ARMT1}
+  \samplebiblist{series-ARMT1}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}45. ARMT 1.3.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Georges Dossin,\footnote{Should be “Dossin,
+  Georges.”?} \emph{Correspondance de Šamši-Addu et de ses fils.} ARMT~1.
+  Paris: Imprimerei nationale, 1950.
+
+  \refbiblist{ARMT}{Archives royales de Mari, transcrite et traduite}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{Loeb Classical Library (Greek and Latin)}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvbook{josephus,
+  title = {Josephus},
+  translator = {Thackery, Henry St.\@ J. and others},
+  volumes = {10},
+  series = {Loeb Classical Library},
+  shortseries = {LCL},
+  location = {Cambridge},
+  publisher = {Harvard University Press},
+  date = {1926/1965}
+}
+
+@classictext{josephus:ant,
+  author = {Josephus},
+  title = {Ant\adddot},
+  xref = {josephus},
+  options = {skipbib}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \sampleparencite[2.233-235]{josephus:ant}
+  \samplecite{1}[2.233-235]{josephus:ant}
+  \samplebib{josephus}
+  \samplebiblist{josephus}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  (Josephus, \emph{Ant.} 2.233–235)
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}1. Josephus, \emph{Ant.}\ 2.233–235.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent \emph{Josephus.} Translated by Henry St.\@ J.
+  Thackeray et al. 10 vols. LCL. Cambridge: Harvard University Press,
+  1926–1965.
+
+  \refbiblist{LCL}{Loeb Classical Library}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvbook{tacitus,
+  author = {Tacitus},
+  title = {The Histories and The Annals},
+  translator = {Clifford H. Moore and John Jackson},
+  volumes = {4},
+  series = {Loeb Classical Library},
+  shortseries = {LCL},
+  location = {Cambridge},
+  publisher = {Harvard University Press},
+  date = {1937}
+}
+
+@classictext{tacitus:ann,
+  author = {Tacitus},
+  title = {Ann\adddot},
+  xref = {tacitus}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{4}[15.18-19]{tacitus:ann}
+  \samplebib{tacitus}
+  \samplebiblist{tacitus}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}4. Tacitus, \emph{Ann.}\ 15.18–19
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Tacitus. \emph{The Histories and The Annals.}
+  Translated by Clifford H. Moore and John Jackson. 4 vols. LCL. Cambridge:
+  Harvard University Press, 1937.
+
+  \refbiblist{LCL}{Loeb Classical Library}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvbook{josephus,
+  title = {Josephus},
+  translator = {Thackery, Henry St.\@ J. and others},
+  volumes = {10},
+  series = {Loeb Classical Library},
+  shortseries = {LCL},
+  location = {Cambridge},
+  publisher = {Harvard University Press},
+  date = {1926/1965}
+}
+
+@classictext{josephus:ant:thackery,
+  author = {Josephus},
+  title = {Ant\adddot},
+  translator = {Thackery},
+  series = {Loeb Classical Library},
+  shortseries = {LCL},
+  xref = {josephus}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \sampleparencite[2.233-235]{josephus:ant:thackery}
+  \samplecite{5}[2.233-235]{josephus:ant:thackery}
+  \samplebib{josephus}
+  \samplebiblist{josephus}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  (Josephus, \emph{Ant.}\ 2.233–235 [Thackeray, LCL])
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}5. Josephus, \emph{Ant.}\ 2.233–235 (Thackeray, LCL).
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent \emph{Josephus.} Translated by Henry St.\@ J.
+  Thackeray et al. 10 vols. LCL. Cambridge: Harvard University Press,
+  1926–1965.
+
+  \refbiblist{LCL}{Loeb Classical Library}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvbook{tacitus,
+  author = {Tacitus},
+  title = {The Histories and The Annals},
+  translator = {Clifford H. Moore and John Jackson},
+  volumes = {4},
+  series = {Loeb Classical Library},
+  shortseries = {LCL},
+  location = {Cambridge},
+  publisher = {Harvard University Press},
+  date = {1937}
+}
+
+@classictext{tacitus:ann:jackson,
+  author = {Tacitus},
+  title = {Ann\adddot},
+  translator = {Jackson},
+  series = {Loeb Classical Library},
+  shortseries = {LCL},
+  xref = {tacitus}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{6}[15.18-19]{tacitus:ann:jackson}
+  \samplebib{tacitus}
+  \samplebiblist{tacitus}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}6. Tacitus, \emph{Ann.}\ 15.18–19 (Jackson, LCL).
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Tacitus. \emph{The Histories and The Annals.}
+  Translated by Clifford H. Moore and John Jackson. 4 vols. LCL. Cambridge:
+  Harvard University Press, 1937.
+
+  \refbiblist{LCL}{Loeb Classical Library}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvbook{josephus,
+  title = {Josephus},
+  translator = {Thackery, Henry St.\@ J. and others},
+  volumes = {10},
+  series = {Loeb Classical Library},
+  shortseries = {LCL},
+  location = {Cambridge},
+  publisher = {Harvard University Press},
+  date = {1926/1965}
+}
+
+@book{josephus:ant1-19,
+  author = {Josephus, Flavius},
+  shortauthor = {Josephus},
+  title = {The Jewish Antiquities, Books 1--19},
+  shorttitle = {Ant\adddot},
+  translator =  {Thackery, Henry St.\@ J. and others},
+  series = {Loeb Classical Library},
+  shortseries = {LCL},
+  location = {Cambridge},
+  publisher = {Harvard University Press},
+  date = {1930/1965},
+  xref = {josephus},
+  options = {skipbib}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{14}{josephus:ant1-19}
+  \samplebib{josephus}
+  \samplebiblist{josephus}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}14. Flavius Josephus, \emph{The Jewish Antiquities,
+  Books 1–19,} trans.\@ Henry St.\@ J. Thackeray et al., LCL (Cambridge:
+  Harvard University Press, 1930–1965).
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent \emph{Josephus.} Translated by Henry St.\@ J. Thackeray
+  et al. 10 vols. LCL. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1926–1965.
+
+  \refbiblist{LCL}{Loeb Classical Library}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{Papyri, Ostraca, and Epigraphica}
+
+\paragraph{Papyri and Ostraca in General}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@ancienttext{p.cair.zen.,
+  editor = {Edgar, C. C.},
+  title = {Zenon Papyri, Catalogue général des antiquités égyptiennes du Musée du Caire},
+  location = {Cairo},
+  shorthand = {P.Cair.Zen.},
+  options = {skipbib,useeditor=false}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \sampleparencite[59003]{p.cair.zen.}
+  \samplecite{22}[59003]{p.cair.zen.}
+  \samplebiblist{p.cair.zen.}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  (P.Cair.Zen.\ 59003)
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}22. P.Cair.Zen.\ 59003.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{hunt+edgar:1932,
+  author = {Hunt, Arthur S. and Edgar, Campbell C.},
+  title = {Select Papyri},
+  series = {Loeb Classical Library},
+  shortseries = {LCL},
+  location = {Cambridge},
+  publisher = {Harvard University Press},
+  date = {1932}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{p.cair.zen.:hunt+edgar,
+  editor = {Edgar, C. C.},
+  title = {Zenon Papyri, Catalogue général des antiquités égyptiennes du Musée du Caire},
+  location = {Cairo},
+  shorthand = {P.Cair.Zen.},
+  options = {skipbib,useeditor=false},
+  related = {hunt+edgar:1932},
+  relatedoptions = {useshorttitle=false}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{22}[59003|1:96]{p.cair.zen.:hunt+edgar}
+  \samplecite{22}[59003|§31]{p.cair.zen.:hunt+edgar}
+  \samplebib{hunt+edgar:1932}
+  \samplebiblist{hunt+edgar:1932}
+  \samplebiblist*{p.cair.zen.:hunt+edgar}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}22. P.Cair.Zen.\ 59003 (Arthur S. Hunt and Campbell C.
+  Edgar, \emph{Select Papyri,} LCL [Cambridge: Harvard University Press,
+  1932], 1:96).
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}22. P.Cair.Zen. 59003 (Hunt and Edgar §31).
+
+  \refbiblist{LCL}{Loeb Classical Library}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\paragraph{Epigraphica}
+
+\paragraph{Greek Magical Papyri}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@ancienttext{PGM,
+  editor = {Preisendaz, Karl},
+  title = {Papyri Graecae Magicae: Die griechischen Zauberpapyri},
+  shorttitle = {PGM},
+  edition = {2},
+  location = {Stuttgart},
+  publisher = {Teubner},
+  date = {1973/1974},
+  shorthand = {PGM},
+  options = {skipbib}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \sampleparencite[III. 1-164]{PGM}
+  \samplecite{22}[III. 1-164]{PGM}
+  \samplebiblist{PGM}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  (\emph{PGM} III. 1–164)
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}22. \emph{PGM} III. 1–164.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{PGM}}{\emph{Papyri Graecae Magicae: Die griechischen
+    Zauberpapyri.} Edited by Karl Preisendanz. 2nd~ed. Stuttgart: Teubner,
+  1973–1974}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{betz:1996,
+  author = {Betz, Hans Dieter},
+  title = {The Greek Magical Papyri in Translation, Including the Demotic Spells},
+  edition = {2},
+  location = {Chicago},
+  publisher = {University of Chicago Press},
+  date = {1996}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{PGM:betz,
+  editor = {Preisendaz, Karl},
+  title = {Papyri Graecae Magicae: Die griechischen Zauberpapyri},
+  shorttitle = {PGM},
+  edition = {2},
+  location = {Stuttgart},
+  publisher = {Teubner},
+  date = {1973/1974},
+  shorthand = {PGM},
+  related = {betz:1996},
+  relatedoptions = {usefullcite=false,useshorttitle=false}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{22}[III. 1-164|]{PGM:betz}
+  \samplebib{betz:1996}
+  \samplebiblist{PGM:betz}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}22. \emph{PGM} III. 1–164 (Betz).
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Betz, Hans Dieter. \emph{The Greek Magical Papyri in
+  Translation, Including the Demotic Spells.} 2nd~ed. Chicago: University of
+  Chicago Press, 1996.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{PGM}}{\emph{Papyri Graecae Magicae: Die griechischen
+    Zauberpapyri.} Edited by Karl Preisendanz. 2nd~ed. Stuttgart: Teubner,
+  1973–1974}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{Ancient Epistles and Homilies}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@classictext{heraclitus:epistle1,
+  author = {Heraclitus},
+  title = {Epistle 1}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \sampleparencite[10]{heraclitus:epistle1}
+  \samplecite{34}[10]{heraclitus:epistle1}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  (Heraclitus, \emph{Epistle 1,} 10)
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}34. Heraclitus, \emph{Epistle 1,} 10.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{malherbe:1977,
+  editor = {Malherbe, Abraham J.},
+  title = {The Cynic Epistles: A Study Edition},
+  series = {Stuttgarter Bibelstudien},
+  shortseries = {SBS},
+  number = {12},
+  location = {Atlanta},
+  publisher = {Scholars Press},
+  date = {1977}
+}
+
+@bookinbook{heraclitus:epistle1:worley:1977,
+  author = {Heraclitus},
+  title = {Epistle 1},
+  translator = {Worley, David},
+  pages = {187},
+  crossref = {malherbe:1977}
+}
+
+@classictext{heraclitus:epistle1:worley,
+  author = {Heraclitus},
+  title = {Epistle 1},
+  translator = {Worley},
+  xref = {heraclitus:epistle1:worley:1977}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{36}[10]{heraclitus:epistle1:worley}
+  \samplebib{heraclitus:epistle1:worley:1977}
+  If \texttt{malherbe:1977} is referenced more than \texttt{microssrefs} times
+  then:\par
+  \samplebib{heraclitus:epistle1:worley:1977}
+  \samplebib*{malherbe:1977}
+  \samplebiblist{malherbe:1977}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}36. Heraclitus, \emph{Epistle 1,} 10 (Worley).
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Heraclitus. \emph{Epistle 1.} Translated by David
+  Worley. Page 187 in \emph{The Cynic Epistles: A Study Edition.} Edited by
+  Abraham J. Malherbe. SBS~12. Atlanta: Scholars Press, 1977.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Malherbe, Abraham J., ed. \emph{The Cynic Epistles: A
+  Study Edition.} SBS~12. Atlanta: Scholars Press, 1977.
+
+  \refbiblist{SBS}{Stuttgarter Bibelstudien}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{\emph{ANF} and \emph{NPNF}, First and Second Series}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvcollection{ANF,
+  crossref = {ANF:abbreviation},
+  editor = {Roberts, Alexander and Donaldson, James},
+  origdate = {1885/1887},
+  volumes = {10},
+  location = {Peabody, MA},
+  publisher = {Hendrickson},
+  date = {1994},
+  shorthand = {ANF},
+  options = {useeditor=false,skipbiblist},
+  sortkey = {Ante-Nicene Fathers},
+  xref = {ANF:abbreviation}
+}
+
+@mvcollection{ANF:abbreviation,
+  title = {The Ante-Nicene Fathers},
+  shorttitle = {ANF},
+  shorthand = {ANF},
+  options = {skipbib}
+}
+
+@classictext{clementinehomilies,
+  entrysubtype = {churchfather},
+  title = {The Clementine Homilies},
+  related = {ANF},
+  relatedoptions = {useeditor=false,skipbiblist}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{14}[1.3|8:223]{clementinehomilies}
+  \samplebib{ANF}
+  \samplebiblist{ANF:abbreviation}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}14. \emph{The Clementine Homilies} 1.3 (\emph{ANF}
+  8:223).
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent \emph{The Ante-Nicene Fathers.} Edited by Alexander
+  Roberts and James Donaldson. 1885–1887. 10 vols.\footnote{Should be “10
+  vols.\ 1885–1887.”?} Repr., Peabody, MA:
+  Hendrickson, 1994.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{ANF}}{\emph{Ante-Nicene Fathers}}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvcollection{NPNF1,
+  crossref = {NPNF1:abbreviation},
+  editor = {Schaff, Philip},
+  origdate = {1886/1889},
+  volumes = {14},
+  location = {Peabody, MA},
+  publisher = {Hendrickson},
+  date = {1994},
+  shorthand = {NPNF\textsuperscript{1}},
+  options = {useeditor=false,skipbiblist},
+  sortkey = {Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, Series 1},
+  xref = {NPNF1:abbreviation}
+}
+
+@mvcollection{NPNF1:abbreviation,
+  title = {The Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, \mkbibemph{Series~1}},
+  shorttitle = {NPNF\textsuperscript{1}},
+  shorthand = {NPNF\textsuperscript{1}},
+  options = {skipbib}
+}
+
+@classictext{augustine:letters,
+  entrysubtype = {churchfather},
+  author = {Augustine},
+  title = {The Letters of St.\@ Augustin},
+  shorttitle = {Letters of St.\@ Augustin},
+  volume = {1},
+  crossref = {NPNF1},
+  related = {NPNF1},
+  relatedoptions = {useeditor=false,skipbiblist,skipbib},
+  options = {skipbib=false}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{44}[28.3.5|252]{augustine:letters}
+  \samplebib{augustine:letters}
+  \samplebiblist{NPNF1:abbreviation}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}44. Augustine, \emph{Letters of St.\@ Augustin} 28.3.5
+  (\emph{NPNF\textsuperscript{1}} 1:252).
+  
+  \hangindent\bibindent Augustine. \emph{The Letters of St.\@ Augustin.} In
+  vol.~1 of \emph{The Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers,} Series~1. Edited by
+  Philip Schaff. 1886–1889. 14 vols.\footnote{Should be “14 vols.\
+  1886–1889.”?} Repr., Peabody, MA: Hendrickson, 1994.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{NPNF\textsuperscript{1}}}{\emph{The Nicene and Post-Nicene
+  Fathers,} Series 1}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{J.-P. Migne's Patrologia Latina and Patrologia Graeca}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvcollection{PL,
+  title = {\mkbibemph{Patrologia Latina}},
+  editor = {Migne, J.-P.},
+  volumes = {217},
+  location = {Paris},
+  date = {1844/1864},
+  shorthand = {PL},
+  options = {useeditor=false},
+  sortkey = {Patrologia Latina}
+}
+
+@mvcollection{PG,
+  title = {\mkbibemph{Patrologia Graeca}},
+  editor = {Migne, J.-P.},
+  volumes = {162},
+  location = {Paris},
+  date = {1857/1886},
+  shorthand = {PG},
+  options = {useeditor=false},
+  sortkey = {Patrologia Graeca}
+}
+
+@classictext{gregory:orationestheologicae,
+  entrysubtype = {churchfather},
+  author = {{Gregory of Nazianzus}},
+  title = {Orationes theologicae},
+  volume = {36},
+  related = {PG},
+  relatedoptions = {useeditor=false}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{6}[4|12c]{gregory:orationestheologicae}
+  \samplebib{PL}
+  \samplebib*{PG}
+  \samplebiblist{PG}
+  \samplebiblist*{PL}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}6. Gregory of Nazianzus, \emph{Orationes theologicae} 4
+  (PG 36:12c).
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Patrologia Latina. Edited by J.-P. Migne. 217 vols.
+  Paris, 1844–1864.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Patrologia Graeca. Edited by J.-P. Migne. 162 vols.
+  Paris, 1857–1886.
+
+  \refbiblist{PG}{Patrologia Graeca. Edited by Jacques-Paul Migne. 162 vols.
+  Paris, 1857–1886}
+
+  \refbiblist{PL}{Patrologia Latina. Edited by Jacques-Paul Migne. 217 vols.
+  Paris, 1844–1864}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{Strack-Billerbeck, \emph{Kommentar zum Neuen Testament}}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvbook{Str-B,
+  author = {Strack, Hermann L. and Billerbeck, Paul},
+  title = {Kommentar zum Neuen Testament aus Talmud und Midrasch},
+  volumes = {6},
+  location = {Munich},
+  publisher = {Beck},
+  date = {1922/1961},
+  shorthand = {Str-B}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplemacro{\textbackslash autocite[See the discussion of \textbackslash
+  gr\{ἐκρατοῦντο\} in][2:271]\{Str-B\}}
+  \samplecite*{3}[See the discussion of \textgreek{ἐκρατοῦντο} in][2:271]{Str-B}
+  \samplebib{Str-B}
+  \samplebiblist{Str-B}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}3. See the discussion of \textgreek{ἐκρατοῦντο} in Str-B
+  2:271.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Strack, Hermann L., and Paul Billerbeck.
+  \emph{Kommentar zum Neuen Testament aus Talmud und Midrasch.} 6 vols.
+  Munich: Beck, 1922–1961.
+
+  \sloppy\refbiblist{Str-B}{Strack, Hermann Leberecht\footnote{Should be
+    “Strack, Hermann L.,”?} and Paul Billerbeck. \emph{Kommentar zum Neuen
+    Testament aus Talmud und Midrasch.} 6 vols. Munich: Beck, 1922–1961}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{\emph{Aufstieg und Niedergang der römischen Welt (ANRW)}}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvcollection{ANRW,
+  editor = {Temporini, Hildegard and Haase, Wolfgang},
+  title = {Aufstieg und Niedergang der römischen Welt: Geschichte und Kultur Roms im Spiegel der neueren Forschung.},
+  shorttitle = {ANRW},
+  titleaddon = {Part 2, \mkbibemph{Principat}},
+  location = {Berlin},
+  publisher = {de Gruyter},
+  date = {1972/},
+  shorthand = {ANRW}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{anderson:pepaideumenos,
+  entrysubtype = {ANRW},
+  author = {Anderson, Graham},
+  title = {The \mkbibemph{Pepaideumenos} in Action: Sophists and Their Outlook in the Early Empire},
+  shorttitle = {\mkbibemph{Pepaideumenos}},
+  volume = {33},
+  part = {1},
+  pages = {80-208},
+  location = {New York},
+  publisher = {de Gruyter},
+  date = {1989},
+  related = {ANRW},
+  relatedoptions = {skipbib},
+  options = {skipbib=false}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{76}{anderson:pepaideumenos}
+  \samplecite{79}[86]{anderson:pepaideumenos}
+  \samplebib{anderson:pepaideumenos}
+  \samplebib*{ANRW}
+  \samplebiblist{ANRW}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}76. Graham Anderson, “The \emph{pepaideumenos} in
+  Action: Sophists and Their Outlook in the Early Empire,” \emph{ANRW}
+  33.1:80–208.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}79. Anderson, “\emph{Pepaideumenos,}” \emph{ANRW}
+  33.1:86.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Anderson, Graham. “The \emph{pepaideumenos} in Action:
+  Sophists and Their Outlook in the Early Empire.” \emph{ANRW} 33.1:80–208.
+  Part 2, \emph{Principat,} 33.1. Edited by H. Temporini and W. Haase. New
+  York: de Gruyter, 1989.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Temporini, Hildegard, and Wolfgang Haase, eds.
+  \emph{Aufstieg und Niedergang der romischen Welt: Geschichte und Kultur Roms
+  im Spiegel der neueren Forschung.} Part 2, \emph{Principat.} Berlin: de
+  Gruyter, 1972–.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{ANRW}}{\emph{Aufstieg und Niedergang der römischen Welt:
+    Geschichte und Kultur Roms im Spiegel der neueren Forschung.} Part 2,
+    \emph{Principat.} Edited by Hildegard Temporini and Wolfgang Haase.
+  Berlin: de Gruyter, 1972–}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{Bible Commentaries}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@commentary{hooker:1991,
+  author = {Hooker, Morna},
+  title = {The Gospel according to Saint Mark},
+  series = {Black's New Testament Commentaries},
+  shortseries = {BNTC},
+  number = {2},
+  location = {Peabody, MA},
+  publisher = {Hendrickson},
+  date = {1991}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}  
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{6}[223]{hooker:1991}
+  \samplebib{hooker:1991}
+  \samplebiblist{hooker:1991}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}8. Morna Hooker, \emph{The Gospel according to Saint
+  Mark,} BNTC~2 (Peabody, MA: Hendrickson, 1991), 223.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Hooker, Morna. \emph{The Gospel according to Saint
+  Mark.} BNTC~2. Peabody, MA: Hendrickson, 1991.
+
+  \refbiblist{BNTC}{Black’s New Testament Commentaries}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\paragraph{Articles and Notes in Study Bibles}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@inbook{petersen:2006,
+  author = {Petersen, David L.},
+  title = {Ezekiel},
+  pages = {1096-1167},
+  booktitle = {The HarperCollins Study Bible Fully Revised and Updated: New
+  Revised Standard Version, with the Apocryphal/Deuterocanonical Books},
+  editor = {Attridge, Harold W. and others},
+  location = {San Francisco},
+  publisher = {HarperSanFrancisco},
+  date = {2006}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{3}[1096]{petersen:2006}
+  \samplecite{5}[1096]{petersen:2006}
+  \samplebib{petersen:2006}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}3. David L. Petersen, “Ezekiel,” in \emph{The
+  HarperCollins Study Bible Fully Revised and Updated: New Revised Standard
+  Version, with the Apocryphal\slash Deuterocanonical Books,} ed.\@ Harold W.
+  Attridge et al. (San Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco, 2006),
+  1096.\footnote{Should be “1096–167.”?}
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}5. Petersen, “Ezekiel,” 1096.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Petersen, David L. “Ezekiel.” Pages
+  1096–1167\footnote{Should be “1096–167”} in \emph{The HarperCollins Study
+  Bible Fully Revised and Updated, New Revised Standard Version, with the
+  Apocryphal/Deuterocanonical Books.} Edited by Harold W. Attridge et al. San
+  Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco, 2006.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\paragraph{Single-Volume Commentaries on the Entire Bible}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@incommentary{partain:1995,
+  author = {Partain, Jack G.},
+  title = {Numbers},
+  pages = {175-179},
+  booktitle = {Mercer Commentary on the Bible},
+  editor = {Mills, Watson E. and others},
+  location = {Macon, GA},
+  publisher = {Mercer University Press},
+  date = {1995}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{5}{partain:1995}
+  \samplecite{8}[175]{partain:1995}
+  \samplebib{partain:1995}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}5. Jack G. Partain, “Numbers,” in \emph{Mercer
+  Commentary on the Bible,} ed.\@ Watson E. Mills et al. (Macon, GA: Mercer
+  University Press, 1995), 175–79.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}8. Partain, “Numbers,” 175.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Partain, Jack G. “Numbers.” Pages 175–79 in
+  \emph{Mercer Commentary on the Bible.} Edited by Watson E. Mills et al.
+  Macon, GA: Mercer University Press, 1995.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{Multivolume Commentaries}
+
+\paragraph{Multivolume Commentaries on a Single Biblical Book by One Author}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvcommentary{dahood:1965-1970,
+  author = {Dahood, Mitchell},
+  title = {Psalms},
+  volumes = {3},
+  series = {Anchor Bible},
+  shortseries = {AB},
+  number = {16--17A},
+  location = {Garden City, NY},
+  publisher = {Doubleday},
+  date = {1965/1970}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{4}[3:127]{dahood:1965-1970}
+  \samplecite{7}[2:121]{dahood:1965-1970}
+  \samplebib{dahood:1965-1970}
+  \samplebiblist{dahood:1965-1970}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}4. Mitchell Dahood, \emph{Psalms,} 3 vols., AB 16–17A
+  (Garden City, N.Y.:\footnote{Should be “NY:”?} Doubleday, 1965–1970), 3:127.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}7. Dahood, \emph{Psalms,} 2:121.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Dahood, Mitchell. \emph{Psalms.} 3 vols. AB 16–17A.
+  Garden City, N.Y.:\footnote{Should be “NY:”?} Doubleday, 1965–1970.
+
+  \refbiblist{AB}{Anchor Bible}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@commentary{dahood:1965,
+  author = {Dahood, Mitchell},
+  title = {Psalms I: 1--50},
+  shorttitle = {Psalms I: 1--50},
+  volume = {1},
+  maintitle = {Psalms},
+  series = {Anchor Bible},
+  shortseries = {AB},
+  number = {16},
+  location = {Garden City, NY},
+  publisher = {Doubleday},
+  date = {1965}
+}
+
+@commentary{dahood:1968,
+  author = {Dahood, Mitchell},
+  title = {Psalms II: 51--100},
+  shorttitle = {Psalms II: 51--100},
+  volume = {2},
+  maintitle = {Psalms},
+  series = {Anchor Bible},
+  shortseries = {AB},
+  number = {17},
+  location = {Garden City, NY},
+  publisher = {Doubleday},
+  date = {1968}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{78}[44]{dahood:1965}
+  \samplecite{79}[78]{dahood:1965}
+  \samplecite{82}[374]{dahood:1968}
+  \samplebib{dahood:1965}
+  \renewbibmacro*{dashcheck}[2]{%
+    \usebibmacro{cbx:dashcheck}{#1}{#1}}
+  \samplebib*{dahood:1968}
+  \samplebiblist{dahood:1965}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}78. Mitchell Dahood, \emph{Psalms I: 1–50,} AB 16
+  (Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1965), 44.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}79. Dahood, \emph{Psalms I: 1–50,} 78.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}82. Mitchell Dahood, \emph{Psalms II: 51–100,} AB 17
+  (Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1968), 347.
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}86. Dahood, \emph{Psalms II: 51–100,} 351.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Dahood, Mitchell. \emph{Psalms I: 1–50.} Vol.~1 of
+  \emph{Psalms.} AB~16. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1965.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent\refbibnamedash \emph{Psalms II: 51–100.} Vol.~2 of
+  \emph{Psalms.} AB~17. Garden City, N.Y.:\footnote{Should be “NY:”?}
+  Doubleday, 1968.
+
+  \refbiblist{AB}{Anchor Bible}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\paragraph{Multivolume Commentaries for the Entire Bible by Multiple Authors}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvcommentary{NIB,
+  editor = {Keck, Leander E.},
+  title = {The New Interpreter's Bible},
+  shorttitle = {NIB},
+  volumes = {12},
+  location = {Nashville},
+  publisher = {Abingdon},
+  date = {1994/2004},
+  shorthand = {NIB}
+}
+
+@incommentary{miller:2001,
+  author = {Miller, Patrick D.},
+  title = {The Book of Jeremiah: Introduction, Commentary, and Reflections},
+  pages = {553-926},
+  booktitle = {Introduction to Prophetic Literature, Isaiah, Jeremiah, Baruch, Letter of Jeremiah, Lamentations, Ezekiel},
+  volume = {6},
+  date = {2001},
+  crossref = {NIB},
+  xref = {NIB}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{1}[577]{miller:2001}
+  \samplebib{miller:2001}
+  \samplemacro{\textbackslash usepackage[style=sbl,fullbibrefs]\{biblatex\} \\
+  \textbackslash printbibliography}
+  \toggletrue{fullbibrefs}
+  \samplebib*{miller:2001}
+  \togglefalse{fullbibrefs}
+  \samplebiblist{NIB}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}1. Patrick D. Miller, \emph{NIB} 6:577.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Miller, Patrick D. “The Book of Jeremiah:
+  Introduction, Commentary, and Reflections.” Pages 553–926 in
+  \emph{Introduction to Prophetic Literature, Isaiah, Jeremiah, Baruch, Letter
+  of Jeremiah, Lamentations, Ezekiel.} Vol.~6 of \emph{New Interpreter’s
+  Bible.} Edited by Leander E. Keck.\footnote{Should include “12 vols.”?}
+  Nashville: Abingdon, 2001.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Miller, Patrick D. “The Book of Jeremiah:
+  Introduction, Commentary, and Reflections.” \emph{NIB} 6:553–926.
+
+  \refbiblist{\emph{NIB}}{\emph{The New Interpreter’s Bible.} Edited by
+  Leander E. Keck. 12 vols. Nashville: Abingdon, 1994–2004}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{SBL Seminar Papers}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@seminarpaper{crenshaw:2001,
+  author = {Crenshaw, James L.},
+  title = {Theodicy in the Book of the Twelve},
+  booktitle = {Society of Biblical Literature 2001 Seminar Papers},
+  series = {Society of Biblical Literature Seminar Papers},
+  shortseries = {SBLSP},
+  number = {40},
+  location = {Atlanta},
+  publisher = {Society of Biblical Literature},
+  date = {2001},
+  pages = {1-18}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{33}{crenshaw:2001}
+  \samplebib{crenshaw:2001}
+  \samplebiblist{crenshaw:2001}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}33. James L. Crenshaw, “Theodicy in the Book of the
+  Twelve,” \emph{Society of Biblical Literature 2001 Seminar Papers,}
+  SBLSPS\footnote{Should be “SBLSP”?}~40 (Atlanta: Society of Biblical
+  Literature, 2001), 1–18.
+  
+  \hangindent\bibindent Crenshaw, James L. “Theodicy in the Book of the
+  Twelve.” Pages 1–18 in \emph{Society of Biblical Literature 2001 Seminar
+  Papers.} SBLSPS\footnote{Should be “SBLSP”?}~40. Atlanta: Society of
+  Biblical Literature, 2001.
+
+  \refbiblist{SBLSP}{Society of Biblical Literature Seminar Papers}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{A CD-ROM Reference (with a Corresponding Print Edition)}
+
+Books on CD-ROM should be cited according to the print edition. It is not
+necessary to indicate the medium in the citation.
+
+\subsubsection{Text Editions Published Online with No Print Counterpart}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@online{wilhelm:2013,
+  editor = {Wilhelm, Gernot},
+  title = {Der Vertrag Šuppiluliumas I. von Ḫatti mit Šattiwazza von Mitrani \mkbibparens{CTH 51.I}},
+  shorttitle = {Der Vertrag Šuppiluliumas I},
+  releasedate = {2013-02-24},
+  eprint = {CTH 51.I},
+  eprintclass = {INTR 2013-02-24},
+  eprinttype = {hethiter}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{2}{wilhelm:2013}
+  \samplecite{4}{wilhelm:2013}
+  \samplebib{wilhelm:2013}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}2. Gernot Wilhelm, ed., “Der Vertrag Šuppiluliumas I.
+  von Ḫatti mit Šattiwazza von Mitrani (CTH 51.I),” released 24 February 2013,
+  doi:hethiter.net/: CTH 51.I (INTR 2013-02-24).
+
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}4. Wilhelm, “Der Vertrag Šuppiluliumas I.”
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Gernot Wilhelm, ed. “Der Vertrag Šuppiluliumas I. von
+  Ḫatti mit Šattiwazza von Mitrani (CTH 51.I).”\footnote{Should this include
+  “Released 24 February 2013.”?} doi:hethiter.net/: CTH 51.I
+  (INTR 2013-02-24).
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{Online Database}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@online{cobb:figurines,
+  author = {{Cobb Institute of Archaeology}},
+  title = {The Figurines of Maresha, the Persian Era},
+  eprint = {http://www.cobb.msstate.edu/dignew/Maresha/index.html},
+  eprinttype = {DigMaster},
+  options = {indexing=false}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{37}{cobb:figurines}
+  \samplebib{cobb:figurines}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}37. Cobb Institute of Archaeology. “The Figurines of
+  Maresha, the Persian Era,” DigMaster,
+  \nolinkurl{http://www.cobb.msstate.edu/dignew/Maresha/index.html}.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent Cobb Institute of Archaeology. “The Figurines of
+  Maresha, the Persian Era.” DigMaster.
+  \nolinkurl{http://www.cobb.msstate.edu/dignew/Maresha/index.html}.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsubsection{Websites and Blogs}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@online{100cuneiform,
+  title = {The One Hundred Most Important Cuneiform Objects},
+  eprint = {http://cdli.ox.ac.uk/wiki/doku.php?id=the_one_hundred_most_ important_cuneiform_objects},
+  eprinttype = {cdli:wiki}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{10}{100cuneiform}
+  \samplebib{100cuneiform}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \hspace*{\bibindent}10. “The One Hundred Most Important Cuneiform Objects,”
+  cdli:wiki,
+  \nolinkurl{http://cdli.ox.ac.uk/wiki/doku.php?id=the_one_hundred_most_important_cuneiform_objects}.
+
+  \hangindent\bibindent “The One Hundred Most Important Cuneiform Objects.”
+  cdli:wiki.
+  \nolinkurl{http://cdli.ox.ac.uk/wiki/doku.php?id=the_one_hundred_most_important_cuneiform_objects}.
+\end{refimp}
+
+\section{Other Examples}
+
+\subsection{BDAG, BDB, BDF}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@lexicon{BDAG,
+  author = {Danker, Frederick W. and Bauer, Walter and Arndt, William F. and Gingrich, F. Wilbur},
+  title = {Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament and Other Early Christian Literature.},
+  edition = {3},
+  location = {Chicago},
+  publisher = {University of Chicago Press},
+  date = {2000},
+  shorthand = {BDAG}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{1}[35]{BDAG}
+  \samplebib{BDAG}
+  \samplebiblist{BDAG}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \refbiblist{BDAG}{Danker, Frederick W., Walter Bauer, William F. Arndt, and
+    F. Wilbur Gingrich. \emph{Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament and
+    Other Early Christian Literature.} 3rd~ed. Chicago: University of Chicago
+  Press, 2000}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@lexicon{BDB:abbreviation,
+  author = {Brown, Francis and Driver, S. R. and Briggs, Charles A.},
+  title = {A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament},
+  shorthand = {BDB},
+  options = {skipbib}
+}
+
+@lexicon{BDB,
+  crossref = {BDB:abbreviation},
+  location = {Oxford},
+  publisher = {Oxford University Press},
+  date = {1906},
+  shorthand = {BDB},
+  xref = {BDB:abbreviation},
+  options = {skipbiblist}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{2}[432]{BDB}
+  \samplebib{BDB}
+  \samplebiblist{BDB:abbreviation}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \refbiblist{BDB}{Brown, Francis, S. R. Driver, and Charles A. Briggs.
+  \emph{A Hebrew and Aramaic Lexicon of the Old Testament}}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@book{BDF,
+  author = {Blass, Friedrich and Debrunner, Albert and Funk, Robert W.},
+  title = {A Greek Grammar of the New Testament and Other Early Christian Literature},
+  location = {Chicago},
+  publisher = {University of Chicago Press},
+  date = {1961},
+  shorthand = {BDF}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{3}[§441]{BDF}
+  \samplebib{BDF}
+  \samplebiblist{BDF}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \refbiblist{BDF}{Blass, Friedrich, Albert Debrunner, and Robert W. Funk.
+    \emph{A Greek Grammar of the New Testament and Other Early Christian
+  Literature.} Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1961}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsection{\emph{HALOT, TLOT}}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvlexicon{HALOT,
+  author = {Koehler, Ludwig and Baumgartner, Walter and Stamm, Johann J.},
+  title = {The Hebrew and Aramaic Lexicon of the Old Testament},
+  shorttitle = {HALOT},
+  editor = {Richardson, Mervyn E. J.},
+  editortype = {translated and edited under the supervision of},
+  volumes = {4},
+  location = {Leiden},
+  publisher = {Brill},
+  date = {1994/1999},
+  shorthand = {HALOT}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{4}[2:223]{HALOT}
+  \samplebib{HALOT}
+  \samplebiblist{HALOT}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \refbiblist{\emph{HALOT}}{\emph{The Hebrew and Aramaic Lexicon of the Old
+    Testament.} Ludwig Koehler, Walter Baumgartner, and Johann J. Stamm.
+    Translated and edited under the supervision of Mervyn E. J. Richardson. 4
+  vols. Leiden: Brill, 1994–1999}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\medskip
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@mvlexicon{TLOT,
+  title = {Theological Lexicon of the Old Testament},
+  shorttitle = {TLOT},
+  editor = {Jenni, Ernst},
+  witheditor = {Westermann, Claus},
+  witheditortype = {withassistance},
+  translator = {Biddle, Mark E.},
+  volumes = {3},
+  location = {Peabody, MA},
+  publisher = {Hendrickson},
+  date = {1997},
+  shorthand = {TLOT}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{5}[1:24]{TLOT}
+  \samplebib{TLOT}
+  \samplebiblist{TLOT}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \refbiblist{\emph{TLOT}}{\emph{Theological Lexicon of the Old Testament.}
+    Edited by Ernst Jenni, with assistance from Claus Westermann. Translated
+  by Mark E. Biddle. 3 vols. Peabody, MA: Hendrickson, 1997}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\subsection{\emph{SBLHS}}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+@manual{SBLHS,
+  title = {SBL Handbook of Style: For Biblical Studies and Related Disciplines},
+  shorttitle = {SBLHS},
+  edition = {2},
+  location = {Atlanta, GA},
+  publisher = {SBL Press},
+  date = {2014},
+  shorthand = {SBLHS}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{biboutput}
+  \samplecite{1}[§6.2.1]{SBLHS}
+  \samplebib{SBLHS}
+  \samplebiblist{SBLHS}
+\end{biboutput}
+
+\begin{refimp}
+  \refbiblist{\emph{SBLHS}}{\emph{Society of Biblical Literature Handbook of
+  Style.} 2nd~ed. Atlanta, GA: SBL Press, 2014}
+\end{refimp}
+
+\clearpage
+
+\phantomsection
+\printbiblist[heading=biblistintoc]{abbreviations}
+
+\clearpage
+
+\phantomsection
+\printbibliography[heading=bibintoc,notcategory=ignore]
+
+\clearpage
+
+\printindex
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.bib
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8edba8a5c77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,1346 @@
+@book{talbert:1992,
+  author = {Talbert, Charles H.},
+  title = {Reading John: A Literary and Theological Commentary on the Fourth Gospel and the Johannine Epistles},
+  location = {New York},
+  publisher = {Crossroad},
+  date = {1992}
+}
+
+@book{robinson+koester:1971,
+  author = {Robinson, James M. and Koester, Helmut},
+  title = {Trajectories through Early Christianity},
+  location = {Philadelphia},
+  publisher = {Fortress},
+  date = {1971}
+}
+
+@book{scott+etal:1993,
+  author = {Scott, Bernard Brandon and Dean, Margaret and Sparks, Kristen and LaZar, Frances},
+  title = {Reading New Testament Greek},
+  location = {Peabody, MA},
+  publisher = {Hendrickson},
+  date = {1993}
+}
+
+@book{egger:1996,
+  author = {Egger, Wilhelm},
+  title = {How to Read the New Testament: An Introduction to Linguistic and Historical-Critical Methodology},
+  shorttitle = {How to Read},
+  translator = {Heinegg, Peter},
+  location = {Peabody, MA},
+  publisher = {Hendrickson},
+  date = {1996}
+}
+
+@book{wellhausen:1883,
+  author = {Wellhausen, Julius},
+  title = {Prolegomena zur Geschichte Israels},
+  edition = {2},
+  location = {Berlin},
+  publisher = {Reimer},
+  date = {1883}
+}
+
+@book{wellhausen:1885,
+  author = {Wellhausen, Julius},
+  title = {Prolegomena to the History of Israel},
+  translator = {Black, J. Sutherland and Enzies, A.},
+  withtranslator = {Smith, W. Robertson},
+  withtranslatortype = {withpreface},
+  location = {Edinburgh},
+  publisher = {Black},
+  related = {wellhausen:1883},
+  relatedtype = {translationof},
+  date = {1885}
+}
+
+@book{wellhausen:1957,
+  author = {Wellhausen, Julius},
+  title = {Prolegomena to the History of Ancient Israel},
+  location = {New York},
+  publisher = {Meridian Books},
+  related = {wellhausen:1885},
+  relatedtype = {reprintof},
+  date = {1957}
+}
+
+@book{tigay:1985,
+  editor = {Tigay, Jeffrey H.},
+  title = {Empirical Models for Biblical Criticism},
+  shorttitle = {Empiracle Models},
+  location = {Philadelphia},
+  publisher = {University of Pennsylvania Press},
+  date = {1985}
+}
+
+@book{kaltner+mckenzie:2002,
+  editor = {Kaltner, John and McKenzie, Steven L.},
+  title = {Beyond Babel: A Handbook for Biblical Hebrew and Related Languages},
+  series = {Resources for Biblical Study},
+  shortseries = {RBS},
+  number = {42},
+  location = {Atlanta},
+  publisher = {Society of Biblical Literature},
+  date = {2002}
+}
+
+@book{oates+etal:2001,
+  editor = {Oates, John F. and Willis, William H. and Bagnall, Roger S. and Worp, Klass A.},
+  title = {Checklist of Editions of Greek and Latin Papyri, Ostraca, and Tablets},
+  edition = {5},
+  series = {Bulletin of the American Society of Papyrologists, Supplements},
+  shortseries = {BASPSup},
+  number = {9},
+  location = {Oakville, CT},
+  publisher = {American Society of Papyrologists},
+  date = {2001}
+}
+
+@book{schillebeeckx:1986,
+  author = {Schillebeeckx, Edward},
+  title = {The Schillebeeckx Reader},
+  editor = {Schreiter, Robert J.},
+  location = {Edinburgh},
+  publisher = {T\&T Clark},
+  date = {1986}
+}
+
+@book{blass+debrunner:1982,
+  author = {Blass, Friedrich and Debrunner, Albert},
+  title = {Grammatica del greco del Nuovo Testamento},
+  editor = {Rehkopf, Friedrich},
+  translator = {Pisi, Giordana},
+  location = {Brescia},
+  publisher = {Paideia},
+  date = {1982}
+}
+
+@article{irvine:2014,
+  author = {Irvine, Stuart A.},
+  title = {Idols \mkbibbrackets{\mkbibemph{ktbwnm}}: A note on Hosea 13:2a},
+  journaltitle = {Journal of Biblical Literature},
+  shortjournal = {JBL},
+  volume = {133},
+  date = {2014},
+  pages = {509-517}
+}
+
+@incollection{attridge:1986,
+  author = {Attridge, Harold W.},
+  title = {Jewish Historiography},
+  pages = {311-343},
+  booktitle = {Early Judaism and Its Modern Interpreters},
+  editor = {Kraft, Robert A. and Nickelsburg, George W. E.},
+  location = {Philadelphia and Atlanta},
+  publisher = {Fortress and Scholars Press},
+  date = {1986}
+}
+
+@incollection{vanseters:1995,
+  author = {Van Seters, John},
+  title = {The Theology of the Yahwist: A Preliminary Sketch},
+  shorttitle = {Theology of the Yahwist},
+  pages = {219-228},
+  booktitle = {“Wer ist wie du, Herr, unter den Göttern?”: Studien zur Theologie und Religionsgeschichte Israels für Otto Kaiser zum 70. Geburtstag},
+  editor = {Kottsieper, Ingo and others},
+  location = {Göttingen},
+  publisher = {Vandenhoaeck \& Ruprecht},
+  date = {1995}
+}
+
+@suppbook{boers:1996,
+  author = {Boers, Hendrikus},
+  type = {introduction},
+  booktitle = {How to Read the New Testament: An Introduction to Linguistic and Historical-Critical Methodology},
+  bookauthor = {Egger, Wilhelm},
+  translator = {Heinegg, Peter},
+  location = {Peabody, MA},
+  publisher = {Hendrickson},
+  date = {1996}
+}
+
+@book{gerhardsson:1961,
+  author = {Gerhardsson, Birger},
+  title = {Memory and Manuscript: Oral Tradition and Written Transmission in Rabbinic Judaism and Early Christianity},
+  series = {Acta Seminarii Neotestamentici Upsaliensis},
+  shortseries = {ASNU},
+  number = {22},
+  location = {Lund and Copenhagen},
+  publisher = {Gleerup and Munksgaard},
+  date = {1961}
+}
+
+@book{pritchard:1969,
+  editor = {Pritchard, James B.},
+  title = {Ancient Near Eastern Texts Relating to the Old Testament},
+  edition = {3},
+  location = {Princeton},
+  publisher = {Princeton University Press},
+  date = {1969}
+}
+
+@book{blenkinsopp:1996,
+  author = {Blenkinsopp, Joseph},
+  title = {A History of Prophecy in Israel},
+  edition = {rev.\@ and enl.\@ ed.},
+  location = {Louisville},
+  publisher = {Westminster John Knox},
+  date = {1996}
+}
+
+@book{vanseters:1997,
+  author = {Van Seters, John},
+  title = {In Search of History: Histeriography in the Ancient World and the Origins of Biblical History},
+  origlocation = {New Haven},
+  origpublisher = {Yale University Press},
+  origdate = {1983},
+  location = {Winona Lake, IN},
+  publisher = {Eisenbrauns},
+  date = {1997}
+}
+
+@book{deissmann:1995,
+  author = {Deissmann, Gustav Adolf},
+  title = {Light from the Ancient East: The New Testament Illustrated by Recently Discovered Texts of the Graeco-Roman World},
+  translator = {Strachan, Lionel R. M.},
+  origdate = {1927},
+  location = {Peabody, MA},
+  publisher = {Hendrickson},
+  date = {1995}
+}
+
+@book{harrison+welborn:forthcoming,
+  editor = {Harrison, James R. and Welborn, L. L.},
+  title = {The First Urban Churches 2: Roman Corinth},
+  shorttitle = {Roman Corinth},
+  series = {Writings from the Greco-Roman World Supplement Series},
+  shortseries = {WGRWSup},
+  location = {Atlanta},
+  publisher = {SBL Press},
+  pubstate = {forthcoming}
+}
+
+@mvbook{harnack:1896-1905,
+  author = {Harnack, Adolf},
+  title = {History of Dogma},
+  translator = {Buchanan, Neil},
+  origlanguage = {the 3rd German ed.},
+  volumes = {7},
+  location = {Boston},
+  publisher = {Little, Brown},
+  date = {1896/1905}
+}
+
+@collection{winter+clarke:1993,
+  editor = {Winter, Bruce W. and Clarke, Andrew D.},
+  title = {The Book of Acts in Its Ancient Literary Setting},
+  shorttitle = {Book of Acts},
+  volume = {1},
+  maintitle = {The Book of Acts in Its First Century Setting},
+  maineditor = {Winter, Bruce W.},
+  location = {Grand Rapids},
+  publisher = {Eerdmans},
+  date = {1993}
+}
+
+@incollection{mason:1996,
+  author = {Mason, Steve},
+  title = {Josephus on Canon and Scriptures},
+  pages = {217-235},
+  volume = {1},
+  part = {1},
+  maintitle = {Hebrew Bible/Old Testament: The History of Its Interpretation},
+  editor = {Sæbø, Magne},
+  location = {Göttingen},
+  publisher = {Vandenhoaeck \& Ruprecht},
+  date = {1996}
+}
+
+@incollection{peterson:1993,
+  author = {Peterson, David},
+  title = {The Motif of Fulfilment and the Purpose of Luke-Acts},
+  shorttitle = {Motif of Fulfilment},
+  pages = {83-104},
+  booktitle = {The Book of Acts in Its Ancient Literary Setting},
+  bookeditor = {Winter, Bruce W. and Clarke, Andrew D.},
+  volume = {1},
+  maintitle = {The Book of Acts in Its First Century Setting},
+  maineditor = {Winter, Bruce W.},
+  location = {Grand Rapids},
+  publisher = {Eerdmans},
+  date = {1993}
+}
+
+@book{hofius:1989,
+  author = {Hofius, Otfried},
+  title = {Paulusstudien},
+  series = {Wissenschaftliche Untersuchungen zum Neuen Testament},
+  shortseries = {WUNT},
+  number = {51},
+  location = {Tübingen},
+  publisher = {Mohr Siebeck},
+  date = {1989}
+}
+
+@book{jeremias:1967,
+  author = {Jeremias, Joachim},
+  title = {The Prayers of Jesus},
+  shorttitle = {Prayers},
+  series = {Studies in Biblical Theology},
+  shortseries = {SBT},
+  seriesseries = {2},
+  number = {6},
+  location = {Naperville, IL},
+  publisher = {Allenson},
+  date = {1967}
+}
+
+@book{reventlow:2009,
+  author = {Reventlow, Henning Graf},
+  title = {From the Old Testament to Origen},
+  volume = {1},
+  maintitle = {History of Biblical Interpretation},
+  translator = {Perdue, Leo G.},
+  location = {Atlanta},
+  publisher = {Society of Biblical Literature},
+  date = {2009},
+  eprint = {Nook},
+  eprinttype = {ebook}
+}
+
+@book{wright:2014,
+  author = {Wright, Jacob L.},
+  title = {David, King of Israel, and Caleb in Biblical Memory},
+  shorttitle = {David, King of Israel},
+  location = {Cambridge},
+  publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
+  date = {2014},
+  eprint = {Kindle},
+  eprinttype = {ebook}
+}
+
+@book{killebrew+steiner:2014,
+  editor = {Killebrew, Ann E. and Steiner, Margreet},
+  title = {The Oxford Handbook of the Archaeology of the Levant: c.~8000--332 BCE},
+  shorttitle = {Archaeology of the Levant},
+  location = {Oxford},
+  publisher = {Oxford University Press},
+  date = {2014},
+  doi = {10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199212972.001.0001}
+}
+
+@book{kaufman:1974,
+  author = {Kaufman, Stephen},
+  title = {The Akkadian Influences on Aramaic},
+  series = {Assyriological Studies},
+  shortseries = {AS},
+  number = {19},
+  location = {Chicago},
+  publisher = {The Oriental Institute of the University of Chicago},
+  date = {1974},
+  url = {http://oi.uchicago.edu/pdf/as19.pdf}
+}
+
+@article{leyerle:1993,
+  author = {Leyerle, Blake},
+  title = {John Chrysostom on the Gaze},
+  shorttitle = {Chrysostom},
+  journaltitle = {Journal of Early Christian Studies},
+  shortjournal = {JECS},
+  volume = {1},
+  date = {1993},
+  pages = {159-174}
+}
+
+@article{wildberger:1965,
+  author = {Wildberger, Hans},
+  title = {Das Abbild Gottes: Gen 1:26--30},
+  journaltitle = {Theologische Zeitschrift},
+  shortjournal = {TZ},
+  volume = {21},
+  date = {1965},
+  pages = {245-259, 481-501}
+}
+
+@article{wellhausen:1876-1877,
+  author = {Wellhausen, Julius},
+  title = {Die Composition des Hexateuchs},
+  journaltitle = {Jahrbuch für deutsche Theologie},
+  shortjournal = {JDT},
+  pages = {21 \mkbibparens{1876}: 392--450\addsemicolon\space 22 \mkbibparens{1877}: 407--479}
+}
+
+@article{freedman:1977,
+  author = {Freedman, David Noel},
+  title = {Pottery, Poetry, and Prophecy: An Essay on Biblical Poetry},
+  journaltitle = {Journal of Biblical Literature},
+  shortjournal = {JBL},
+  volume = {96},
+  date = {1977},
+  pages = {5-26}
+}
+
+@incollection{freedman:1980,
+  author = {Freedman, David Noel},
+  title = {Pottery, Poetry, and Prophecy: An Essay on Biblical Poetry},
+  booktitle = {Pottery, Poetry, and Prophecy: Studies in Early Hebrew Poetry},
+  location = {Winona Lake, IN},
+  publisher = {Eisenbrauns},
+  date = {1980},
+  pages = {1-22}
+}
+
+@review{teeple:1966,
+  author = {Teeple, Howard M.},
+  revdauthor = {Robert, André and Feuillet, André},
+  revdtitle = {Introduction to the New Testament},
+  journaltitle = {Journal of Bible and Religion},
+  shortjournal = {JBR},
+  volume = {34},
+  date = {1966},
+  pages = {368-370}
+}
+
+@review{pelikan:1992,
+  author = {Pelikan, Jaroslav},
+  title = {The Things That You're Liable to Read in the Bible},
+  revdeditor = {Freedman, David Noel},
+  revdtitle = {The Anchor Bible Dictionary},
+  journaltitle = {New York Times Review of Books},
+  date = {1992-12-20},
+  pages = {3}
+}
+
+@article{petersen:1988,
+  author = {Petersen, David L.},
+  title = {Hebrew Bible Textbooks: A Review Article},
+  journaltitle = {Critical Review of Books in Religion},
+  shortjournal = {CRBR},
+  volume = {1},
+  date = {1988},
+  pages = {1-18}
+}
+
+@thesis{klosinski:1988,
+  author = {Klosinski, Lee E.},
+  title = {Meals in Mark},
+  type = {phdthesis},
+  institution = {The Claremont Graduate School},
+  date = {1988}
+}
+
+@mvreference{IDB,
+  editor = {Buttrick, George A.},
+  title = {The Interpreter's Dictionary of the Bible},
+  shorttitle = {IDB},
+  volumes = {4},
+  location = {New York},
+  publisher = {Abingdon},
+  date = {1962},
+  shorthand = {IDB}
+}
+
+@inreference{stendahl:1962,
+  author = {Stendahl, Krister},
+  title = {Biblical Theology, Contemporary},
+  shorttitle = {Biblical Theology},
+  volume = {1},
+  pages = {418-432},
+  crossref = {IDB},
+  xref = {IDB}
+}
+
+@reference{DOTP,
+  editor = {Alexander, T. Desmond and Baker, David W.},
+  title = {Dictionary of the Old Testament: Pentateuch},
+  shorttitle = {DOTP},
+  location = {Downers Grove, IL},
+  publisher = {InterVarsity},
+  date = {2003},
+  shorthand = {DOTP}
+}
+
+@inreference{olson:2003,
+  author = {Olson, Dennis T.},
+  title = {Numbers, Book of},
+  shorttitle = {Numbers},
+  pages = {611-618},
+  crossref = {DOTP},
+  xref = {DOTP}
+}
+
+@mvlexicon{NIDNTT,
+  editor = {Brown, Colin},
+  title = {New International Dictionary of New Testament Theology},
+  shorttitle = {NIDNTT},
+  volumes = {4},
+  location = {Grand Rapids},
+  publisher = {Zondervan},
+  date = {1975/1985},
+  shorthand = {NIDNTT}
+}
+
+@inlexicon{dahn+liefeld:see+vision+eye,
+  author = {Dahn, Karl and Liefeld, Walter L.},
+  title = {See, Vision, Eye},
+  volume = {3},
+  pages = {511-521},
+  xref = {NIDNTT}
+}
+
+@mvlexicon{TDNT,
+  editor = {Kittel, Gerhard and Friedrich, Gerhard},
+  title = {Theological Dictionary of the New Testament},
+  shorttitle = {TDNT},
+  translator = {Bromiley, Geoffrey W.},
+  volumes = {10},
+  location = {Grand Rapids},
+  publisher = {Eerdmans},
+  date = {1964/1976},
+  shorthand = {TDNT}
+}
+
+@inlexicon{beyer:diakoneo+diakonia+ktl,
+  author = {Beyer, Hermann W.},
+  title = {\textgreek{διακονέω, διακονία, κτλ}},
+  volume = {2},
+  pages = {81-93},
+  xref = {TDNT}
+}
+
+@mvlexicon{TLNT,
+  author = {Spicq, Ceslas},
+  title = {Theological Lexicon of the New Testament},
+  shorttitle = {TLNT},
+  editor = {Ernest, James D.},
+  translator = {Ernest, James D.},
+  volumes = {3},
+  location = {Peabody, MA},
+  publisher = {Hendrickson},
+  date = {1994},
+  shorthand = {TLNT}
+}
+
+@inlexicon{spicq:atakteo+ataktos+ataktos,
+  author = {Spicq, Ceslas},
+  title = {\textgreek{ἀτακτέω, ἄτακτος, ἀτάκτως}},
+  volume = {1},
+  pages = {223-224},
+  xref = {TLNT}
+}
+
+@inlexicon{spicq:amoibe,
+  author = {Spicq, Ceslas},
+  title = {\textgreek{ἀμοιβή}},
+  volume = {1},
+  pages = {95-96},
+  xref = {TLNT}
+}
+
+@inlexicon{beyer:diakoneo,
+  author = {Beyer, Hermann W.},
+  title = {\textgreek{διακονέω}},
+  volume = {2},
+  pages = {81-87},
+  xref = {TDNT}
+}
+
+@inlexicon{dahn:horao,
+  author = {Dahn, Karl},
+  title = {\textgreek{ὁράω}},
+  volume = {3},
+  pages = {511-518},
+  xref = {NIDNTT}
+}
+
+@conferencepaper{niditch:1994,
+  author = {Niditch, Susan},
+  title = {Oral Culture and Written Documents},
+  shorttitle = {Oral Culture},
+  eventtitle = {the Annual Meeting of the New England Region of the \citeshorthand{SBL}},
+  venue = {Worcester, MA},
+  eventdate = {1994-03-25}
+}
+
+@article{saldarini:1998,
+  author = {Saldarini, Anthony J.},
+  title = {Babatha's Story},
+  journaltitle = {Biblical Archaeology Review},
+  shortjournal = {BAR},
+  volume = {24},
+  number = {2},
+  date = {1998},
+  pages = {23-33, 36-37, 72-74}
+}
+
+@article{springer:2014,
+  author = {Springer, Carl P. E.},
+  title = {Of Roosers and \mkbibemph{Repetitio}: Ambrose's \mkbibemph{Aeterne rerum conditor}},
+  journaltitle = {Vigiliae Christianae},
+  shortjournal = {VC},
+  volume = {68},
+  date = {2014},
+  pages = {155-177},
+  doi = {10.1163/15700720-12341158}
+}
+
+@article{truehart:1996,
+  author = {Truehart, Charles},
+  title = {Welcome to the Next Church},
+  shorttitle = {Next Church},
+  url = {http://www.theatlantic.com/atlantic/issues/96aug/nxtchrch/nxtchrch.htm},
+  journaltitle = {Atlantic Monthly},
+  volume = {278},
+  date = {1996-08},
+  pages = {37-58}
+}
+
+@article{kirk:2007,
+  author = {Kirk, Alan},
+  title = {Karl Polanyi, Marshall Sahlins, and the Study of Ancient Social Relations},
+  shorttitle = {Karl Polanyi},
+  journaltitle = {Journal of Biblical Literature},
+  shortjournal = {JBL},
+  volume = {126},
+  date = {2007},
+  pages = {182-191},
+  doi = {10.2307/27638428},
+  url = {http://www.jstor.org/stable/27638428}
+}
+
+@mvcollection{COS,
+  editor = {Hallo, William W.},
+  title = {The Context of Scripture},
+  shorttitle = {COS},
+  volumes = {3},
+  location = {Leiden},
+  publisher = {Brill},
+  date = {1997/2002},
+  shorthand = {COS},
+  options = {skipbib}
+}
+
+@collection{hallo:1997,
+  editor = {Hallo, William W.},
+  title = {Canonical Compositions from the Biblical World},
+  shorttitle = {COS},
+  maintitle = {The Context of Scripture},
+  volume = {1},
+  location = {Leiden},
+  publisher = {Brill},
+  date = {1997},
+  shorthand = {COS},
+  xref = {COS},
+  options = {skipbiblist}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{greathymnaten,
+  entrysubtype = {COS},
+  title = {The Great Hymn to the Aten},
+  shorttitle = {Great Hymn to the Aten},
+  translator = {Lichtheim, Miriam},
+  part = {26},
+  pages = {44-46},
+  related = {hallo:1997},
+  relatedoptions = {usevolume=false,skipbiblist}
+}
+
+@collection{ANET,
+  editor = {Pritchard, James B.},
+  title = {Ancient Near Eastern Texts Relating to the Old Testament},
+  shorttitle = {ANET},
+  edition = {3},
+  location = {Princeton},
+  publisher = {Princeton University Press},
+  date = {1969},
+  shorthand = {ANET}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{suppiluliumas,
+  title = {Suppiluliumas and the Egyptian Queen},
+  translator = {Goetz, Albrecht},
+  related = {ANET}
+}
+
+@book{dalley:1991,
+  author = {Dalley, Stephanie},
+  title = {Myths from Mesopotamia},
+  location = {Oxford},
+  publisher = {Oxford University Press},
+  date = {1991}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{erraandishum,
+  title = {Erra and Ishum},
+  pages = {282-315},
+  related = {dalley:1991}
+}
+
+@book{foster:1993,
+  author = {Foster, Benjamin},
+  title = {Before the Muses: An Anthology of Akkadian Literature},
+  shorttitle = {Muses},
+  volume = {1},
+  location = {Bethesda, MD},
+  publisher = {CDL},
+  date = {1993}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{erraandishum:foster,
+  title = {Erra and Ishum},
+  pages = {771-805},
+  related = {foster:1993},
+  relatedoptions = {usevolume=false}
+}
+
+@mvbook{AEL,
+  author = {Lichtheim, Miriam},
+  title = {Ancient Egyptian Literature},
+  shorttitle = {AEL},
+  volumes = {3},
+  location = {Berkeley},
+  publisher = {University of California Press},
+  date = {1971/1980},
+  shorthand = {AEL},
+  options = {skipbib}
+}
+
+@book{lichtheim:1976,
+  author = {Lichtheim, Miriam},
+  title = {Ancient Egyptian Literature},
+  shorttitle = {AEL},
+  volume = {2},
+  location = {Berkeley},
+  publisher = {University of California Press},
+  date = {1976},
+  shorthand = {AEL},
+  xref = {AEL},
+  options = {skipbiblist}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{doomedprince,
+  title = {The Doomed Prince},
+  pages = {200-203},
+  related = {lichtheim:1976},
+  relatedoptions = {shorthand=short,usevolume=false,skipbiblist}
+}
+
+@book{hoffner:1990,
+  author = {Hoffner, Jr., Harry A.},
+  title = {Hittite Myths},
+  editor = {Beckman, Gary M.},
+  series = {Writings from the Ancient World},
+  shortseries = {WAW},
+  number = {2},
+  location = {Atlanta},
+  publisher = {Scholars Press},
+  date = {1990}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{disappearanceofsungod,
+  title = {The Disappearance of the Sun God},
+  related = {hoffner:1990}
+}
+
+@mvbook{RIMA,
+  entrysubtype = {RIMA},
+  author = {Grayson, Albert Kirk},
+  title = {Assyrian Rulers of the Early First Millennium BC \mkbibparens{1114--859 BC}},
+  series = {The Royal Inscriptions of Mesopotamia, Assyrian Periods},
+  shortseries = {RIMA},
+  number = {2},
+  location = {Toronto},
+  publisher = {University of Toronto Press},
+  date = {1991},
+  shorthand = {RIMA},
+  options = {skipbiblistshorthand}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{ashurinscription,
+  entrysubtype = {inscription},
+  title = {Ashur Inscription},
+  pages = {143-144},
+  related = {RIMA},
+  relatedoptions = {skipbiblistshorthand,shorthand=short}
+}
+
+@book{ABC,
+  author = {Grayson, Albert Kirk},
+  title = {Assyrian and Babylonian Chronicles},
+  shorttitle = {ABC},
+  series = {Texts from Cuneiform Sources},
+  shortseries = {TCS},
+  number = {5},
+  location = {Locust Valley, NY},
+  publisher = {Augustin},
+  date = {1975},
+  shorthand = {ABC}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{esarhaddonchronicle,
+  entrysubtype = {chronicle},
+  title = {Esarhaddon Chronicle},
+  related = {ABC},
+  relatedoptions = {shorthand=short}
+}
+
+@book{ARM1,
+  author = {Dossin, Georges},
+  title = {Lettres},
+  series = {Archives royales de Mari},
+  shortseries = {ARM},
+  number = {1},
+  origdate = {1946},
+  location = {Paris},
+  publisher = {Geuthner},
+  date = {1967},
+  shorthand = {ARM},
+  options = {skipbiblistshorthand}
+}
+
+@book{ARMT1,
+  author = {Dossin, Georges},
+  title = {Correspondance de Šamši-Addu et de ses fils},
+  series = {Archives royales de Mari, transcrite et traduite},
+  shortseries = {ARMT},
+  number = {1},
+  location = {Paris},
+  publisher = {Imprimerei nationale},
+  date = {1950},
+  shorthand = {ARMT},
+  options = {skipbiblistshorthand}
+}
+
+@mvbook{josephus,
+  title = {Josephus},
+  translator = {Thackery, Henry St.\@ J. and others},
+  volumes = {10},
+  series = {Loeb Classical Library},
+  shortseries = {LCL},
+  location = {Cambridge},
+  publisher = {Harvard University Press},
+  date = {1926/1965}
+}
+
+@classictext{josephus:ant,
+  author = {Josephus},
+  title = {Ant\adddot},
+  xref = {josephus},
+  options = {skipbib}
+}
+
+@mvbook{tacitus,
+  author = {Tacitus},
+  title = {The Histories and The Annals},
+  translator = {Clifford H. Moore and John Jackson},
+  volumes = {4},
+  series = {Loeb Classical Library},
+  shortseries = {LCL},
+  location = {Cambridge},
+  publisher = {Harvard University Press},
+  date = {1937}
+}
+
+@classictext{tacitus:ann,
+  author = {Tacitus},
+  title = {Ann\adddot},
+  xref = {tacitus}
+}
+
+@classictext{josephus:ant:thackery,
+  author = {Josephus},
+  title = {Ant\adddot},
+  translator = {Thackery},
+  series = {Loeb Classical Library},
+  shortseries = {LCL},
+  xref = {josephus}
+}
+
+@classictext{tacitus:ann:jackson,
+  author = {Tacitus},
+  title = {Ann\adddot},
+  translator = {Jackson},
+  series = {Loeb Classical Library},
+  shortseries = {LCL},
+  xref = {tacitus}
+}
+
+@book{josephus:ant1-19,
+  author = {Josephus, Flavius},
+  shortauthor = {Josephus},
+  title = {The Jewish Antiquities, Books 1--19},
+  shorttitle = {Ant\adddot},
+  translator =  {Thackery, Henry St.\@ J. and others},
+  series = {Loeb Classical Library},
+  shortseries = {LCL},
+  location = {Cambridge},
+  publisher = {Harvard University Press},
+  date = {1930/1965},
+  xref = {josephus},
+  options = {skipbib}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{p.cair.zen.,
+  editor = {Edgar, C. C.},
+  title = {Zenon Papyri, Catalogue général des antiquités égyptiennes du Musée du Caire},
+  location = {Cairo},
+  shorthand = {P.Cair.Zen.},
+  options = {skipbib,useeditor=false}
+}
+
+@book{hunt+edgar:1932,
+  author = {Hunt, Arthur S. and Edgar, Campbell C.},
+  title = {Select Papyri},
+  series = {Loeb Classical Library},
+  shortseries = {LCL},
+  location = {Cambridge},
+  publisher = {Harvard University Press},
+  date = {1932}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{p.cair.zen.:hunt+edgar,
+  editor = {Edgar, C. C.},
+  title = {Zenon Papyri, Catalogue général des antiquités égyptiennes du Musée du Caire},
+  location = {Cairo},
+  shorthand = {P.Cair.Zen.},
+  options = {skipbib,useeditor=false},
+  related = {hunt+edgar:1932},
+  relatedoptions = {useshorttitle=false}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{PGM,
+  editor = {Preisendaz, Karl},
+  title = {Papyri Graecae Magicae: Die griechischen Zauberpapyri},
+  shorttitle = {PGM},
+  edition = {2},
+  location = {Stuttgart},
+  publisher = {Teubner},
+  date = {1973/1974},
+  shorthand = {PGM},
+  options = {skipbib}
+}
+
+@book{betz:1996,
+  author = {Betz, Hans Dieter},
+  title = {The Greek Magical Papyri in Translation, Including the Demotic Spells},
+  edition = {2},
+  location = {Chicago},
+  publisher = {University of Chicago Press},
+  date = {1996}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{PGM:betz,
+  editor = {Preisendaz, Karl},
+  title = {Papyri Graecae Magicae: Die griechischen Zauberpapyri},
+  shorttitle = {PGM},
+  edition = {2},
+  location = {Stuttgart},
+  publisher = {Teubner},
+  date = {1973/1974},
+  shorthand = {PGM},
+  related = {betz:1996},
+  relatedoptions = {usefullcite=false,useshorttitle=false}
+}
+
+@classictext{heraclitus:epistle1,
+  author = {Heraclitus},
+  title = {Epistle 1}
+}
+
+@book{malherbe:1977,
+  editor = {Malherbe, Abraham J.},
+  title = {The Cynic Epistles: A Study Edition},
+  series = {Stuttgarter Bibelstudien},
+  shortseries = {SBS},
+  number = {12},
+  location = {Atlanta},
+  publisher = {Scholars Press},
+  date = {1977}
+}
+
+@bookinbook{heraclitus:epistle1:worley:1977,
+  author = {Heraclitus},
+  title = {Epistle 1},
+  translator = {Worley, David},
+  pages = {187},
+  crossref = {malherbe:1977}
+}
+
+@classictext{heraclitus:epistle1:worley,
+  author = {Heraclitus},
+  title = {Epistle 1},
+  translator = {Worley},
+  xref = {heraclitus:epistle1:worley:1977}
+}
+
+@mvcollection{ANF,
+  crossref = {ANF:abbreviation},
+  editor = {Roberts, Alexander and Donaldson, James},
+  origdate = {1885/1887},
+  volumes = {10},
+  location = {Peabody, MA},
+  publisher = {Hendrickson},
+  date = {1994},
+  shorthand = {ANF},
+  options = {useeditor=false,skipbiblist},
+  sortkey = {Ante-Nicene Fathers},
+  xref = {ANF:abbreviation}
+}
+
+@mvcollection{ANF:abbreviation,
+  title = {The Ante-Nicene Fathers},
+  shorttitle = {ANF},
+  shorthand = {ANF},
+  options = {skipbib}
+}
+
+@classictext{clementinehomilies,
+  entrysubtype = {churchfather},
+  title = {The Clementine Homilies},
+  related = {ANF},
+  relatedoptions = {useeditor=false,skipbiblist}
+}
+
+@mvcollection{NPNF1,
+  crossref = {NPNF1:abbreviation},
+  editor = {Schaff, Philip},
+  origdate = {1886/1889},
+  volumes = {14},
+  location = {Peabody, MA},
+  publisher = {Hendrickson},
+  date = {1994},
+  shorthand = {NPNF\textsuperscript{1}},
+  options = {useeditor=false,skipbiblist},
+  sortkey = {Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, Series 1},
+  xref = {NPNF1:abbreviation}
+}
+
+@mvcollection{NPNF1:abbreviation,
+  title = {The Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, \mkbibemph{Series~1}},
+  shorttitle = {NPNF\textsuperscript{1}},
+  shorthand = {NPNF\textsuperscript{1}},
+  options = {skipbib}
+}
+
+@classictext{augustine:letters,
+  entrysubtype = {churchfather},
+  author = {Augustine},
+  title = {The Letters of St.\@ Augustin},
+  shorttitle = {Letters of St.\@ Augustin},
+  volume = {1},
+  crossref = {NPNF1},
+  related = {NPNF1},
+  relatedoptions = {useeditor=false,skipbiblist,skipbib},
+  options = {skipbib=false}
+}
+
+@mvcollection{PL,
+  title = {\mkbibemph{Patrologia Latina}},
+  editor = {Migne, J.-P.},
+  volumes = {217},
+  location = {Paris},
+  date = {1844/1864},
+  shorthand = {PL},
+  options = {useeditor=false},
+  sortkey = {Patrologia Latina}
+}
+
+@mvcollection{PG,
+  title = {\mkbibemph{Patrologia Graeca}},
+  editor = {Migne, J.-P.},
+  volumes = {162},
+  location = {Paris},
+  date = {1857/1886},
+  shorthand = {PG},
+  options = {useeditor=false},
+  sortkey = {Patrologia Graeca}
+}
+
+@classictext{gregory:orationestheologicae,
+  entrysubtype = {churchfather},
+  author = {{Gregory of Nazianzus}},
+  title = {Orationes theologicae},
+  volume = {36},
+  related = {PG},
+  relatedoptions = {useeditor=false}
+}
+
+@mvbook{Str-B,
+  author = {Strack, Hermann L. and Billerbeck, Paul},
+  title = {Kommentar zum Neuen Testament aus Talmud und Midrasch},
+  volumes = {6},
+  location = {Munich},
+  publisher = {Beck},
+  date = {1922/1961},
+  shorthand = {Str-B}
+}
+
+@mvcollection{ANRW,
+  editor = {Temporini, Hildegard and Haase, Wolfgang},
+  title = {Aufstieg und Niedergang der römischen Welt: Geschichte und Kultur Roms im Spiegel der neueren Forschung},
+  shorttitle = {ANRW},
+  titleaddon = {Part 2, \mkbibemph{Principat}},
+  location = {Berlin},
+  publisher = {de Gruyter},
+  date = {1972/},
+  shorthand = {ANRW}
+}
+
+@ancienttext{anderson:pepaideumenos,
+  entrysubtype = {ANRW},
+  author = {Anderson, Graham},
+  title = {The \mkbibemph{Pepaideumenos} in Action: Sophists and Their Outlook in the Early Empire},
+  shorttitle = {\mkbibemph{Pepaideumenos}},
+  volume = {33},
+  part = {1},
+  pages = {80-208},
+  location = {New York},
+  publisher = {de Gruyter},
+  date = {1989},
+  related = {ANRW},
+  relatedoptions = {skipbib},
+  options = {skipbib=false}
+}
+
+@commentary{hooker:1991,
+  author = {Hooker, Morna},
+  title = {The Gospel according to Saint Mark},
+  series = {Black's New Testament Commentaries},
+  shortseries = {BNTC},
+  number = {2},
+  location = {Peabody, MA},
+  publisher = {Hendrickson},
+  date = {1991}
+}
+
+@inbook{petersen:2006,
+  author = {Petersen, David L.},
+  title = {Ezekiel},
+  pages = {1096-1167},
+  booktitle = {The HarperCollins Study Bible Fully Revised and Updated: New Revised Standard Version, with the Apocryphal/Deuterocanonical Books},
+  editor = {Attridge, Harold W. and others},
+  location = {San Francisco},
+  publisher = {HarperSanFrancisco},
+  date = {2006}
+}
+
+@incommentary{partain:1995,
+  author = {Partain, Jack G.},
+  title = {Numbers},
+  pages = {175-179},
+  booktitle = {Mercer Commentary on the Bible},
+  editor = {Mills, Watson E. and others},
+  location = {Macon, GA},
+  publisher = {Mercer University Press},
+  date = {1995}
+}
+
+@mvcommentary{dahood:1965-1970,
+  author = {Dahood, Mitchell},
+  title = {Psalms},
+  volumes = {3},
+  series = {Anchor Bible},
+  shortseries = {AB},
+  number = {16--17A},
+  location = {Garden City, NY},
+  publisher = {Doubleday},
+  date = {1965/1970}
+}
+
+@commentary{dahood:1965,
+  author = {Dahood, Mitchell},
+  title = {Psalms I: 1--50},
+  shorttitle = {Psalms I: 1--50},
+  volume = {1},
+  maintitle = {Psalms},
+  series = {Anchor Bible},
+  shortseries = {AB},
+  number = {16},
+  location = {Garden City, NY},
+  publisher = {Doubleday},
+  date = {1965}
+}
+
+@commentary{dahood:1968,
+  author = {Dahood, Mitchell},
+  title = {Psalms II: 51--100},
+  shorttitle = {Psalms II: 51--100},
+  volume = {2},
+  maintitle = {Psalms},
+  series = {Anchor Bible},
+  shortseries = {AB},
+  number = {17},
+  location = {Garden City, NY},
+  publisher = {Doubleday},
+  date = {1968}
+}
+
+@mvcommentary{NIB,
+  editor = {Keck, Leander E.},
+  title = {The New Interpreter's Bible},
+  shorttitle = {NIB},
+  volumes = {12},
+  location = {Nashville},
+  publisher = {Abingdon},
+  date = {1994/2004},
+  shorthand = {NIB}
+}
+
+@incommentary{miller:2001,
+  author = {Miller, Patrick D.},
+  title = {The Book of Jeremiah: Introduction, Commentary, and Reflections},
+  pages = {553-926},
+  booktitle = {Introduction to Prophetic Literature, Isaiah, Jeremiah, Baruch, Letter of Jeremiah, Lamentations, Ezekiel},
+  volume = {6},
+  date = {2001},
+  crossref = {NIB},
+  xref = {NIB}
+}
+
+@seminarpaper{crenshaw:2001,
+  author = {Crenshaw, James L.},
+  title = {Theodicy in the Book of the Twelve},
+  booktitle = {Society of Biblical Literature 2001 Seminar Papers},
+  series = {Society of Biblical Literature Seminar Papers},
+  shortseries = {SBLSP},
+  number = {40},
+  location = {Atlanta},
+  publisher = {Society of Biblical Literature},
+  date = {2001},
+  pages = {1-18}
+}
+
+@online{wilhelm:2013,
+  editor = {Wilhelm, Gernot},
+  title = {Der Vertrag Šuppiluliumas I. von Ḫatti mit Šattiwazza von Mitrani \mkbibparens{CTH 51.I}},
+  shorttitle = {Der Vertrag Šuppiluliumas I},
+  releasedate = {2013-02-24},
+  eprint = {CTH 51.I},
+  eprintclass = {INTR 2013-02-24},
+  eprinttype = {hethiter}
+}
+
+@online{cobb:figurines,
+  author = {{Cobb Institute of Archaeology}},
+  title = {The Figurines of Maresha, the Persian Era},
+  eprint = {http://www.cobb.msstate.edu/dignew/Maresha/index.html},
+  eprinttype = {DigMaster},
+  options = {indexing=false}
+}
+
+@online{100cuneiform,
+  title = {The One Hundred Most Important Cuneiform Objects},
+  eprint = {http://cdli.ox.ac.uk/wiki/doku.php?id=the_one_hundred_most_important_cuneiform_objects},
+  eprinttype = {cdli:wiki}
+}
+
+@lexicon{BDAG,
+  author = {Danker, Frederick W. and Bauer, Walter and Arndt, William F. and Gingrich, F. Wilbur},
+  title = {Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament and Other Early Christian Literature.},
+  edition = {3},
+  location = {Chicago},
+  publisher = {University of Chicago Press},
+  date = {2000},
+  shorthand = {BDAG}
+}
+
+@lexicon{BDB:abbreviation,
+  author = {Brown, Francis and Driver, S. R. and Briggs, Charles A.},
+  title = {A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament},
+  shorthand = {BDB},
+  options = {skipbib}
+}
+
+@lexicon{BDB,
+  crossref = {BDB:abbreviation},
+  location = {Oxford},
+  publisher = {Oxford University Press},
+  date = {1906},
+  shorthand = {BDB},
+  xref = {BDB:abbreviation},
+  options = {skipbiblist}
+}
+
+@book{BDF,
+  author = {Blass, Friedrich and Debrunner, Albert and Funk, Robert W.},
+  title = {A Greek Grammar of the New Testament and Other Early Christian Literature},
+  location = {Chicago},
+  publisher = {University of Chicago Press},
+  date = {1961},
+  shorthand = {BDF}
+}
+
+@mvlexicon{HALOT,
+  author = {Koehler, Ludwig and Baumgartner, Walter and Stamm, Johann J.},
+  title = {The Hebrew and Aramaic Lexicon of the Old Testament},
+  shorttitle = {HALOT},
+  editor = {Richardson, Mervyn E. J.},
+  editortype = {translated and edited under the supervision of},
+  volumes = {4},
+  location = {Leiden},
+  publisher = {Brill},
+  date = {1994/1999},
+  shorthand = {HALOT}
+}
+
+@mvlexicon{TLOT,
+  title = {Theological Lexicon of the Old Testament},
+  shorttitle = {TLOT},
+  editor = {Jenni, Ernst},
+  witheditor = {Westermann, Claus},
+  witheditortype = {withassistance},
+  translator = {Biddle, Mark E.},
+  volumes = {3},
+  location = {Peabody, MA},
+  publisher = {Hendrickson},
+  date = {1997},
+  shorthand = {TLOT}
+}
+
+@misc{SBL,
+  note = {Society of Biblical Literature},
+  shorthand = {SBL},
+  options = {skipbib}
+}
+
+@manual{SBLHS,
+  title = {Society of Biblical Literature Handbook of Style},
+  shorttitle = {SBLHS},
+  edition = {2},
+  location = {Atlanta, GA},
+  publisher = {SBL Press},
+  date = {2014},
+  shorthand = {SBLHS}
+}
+
+@manual{SBLHS:studentsupp,
+  author = {Nogalski, Melanie Greer and Nogalski, James D. and Steibel, Sophia G. and West, Danny M.},
+  authortype = {compiled by},
+  editor = {LeMon, Joel M. and Breed, Brennan W.},
+  title = {Student Supplement for the \citeshorthand{SBL} Handbook of Style, Second Edition},
+  shorttitle = {Student Supplement for the \mkbibemph{\citeshorthand{SBLHS}}},
+  location = {Atlanta, GA},
+  publisher = {SBL Press},
+  date = {2015-02},
+  url = {https://www.sbl-site.org/assets/pdfs/pubs/SBLHSsupp2015-02.pdf},
+  options = {useauthor=false,useeditor=false},
+  sortkey = {Student Supplement for the SBL Handbook of Style, Second Edition}
+}
+
+@mvbook{sasson:2000,
+  editor = {Sasson, Jack M.},
+  title = {Civilizations of the Ancient Near East},
+  volumes = {4},
+  location = {New York},
+  publisher = {Scribner's Sons},
+  year = {1995},
+  related = {sasson:repr},
+  relatedtype = {reprint}
+}
+
+@mvbook{sasson:repr,
+  volumes = {4~vols.\ in 2},
+  location = {Peabody, MA},
+  publisher = {Hendrickson},
+  date = {2000}
+}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..79fee3a9bb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..00c49cabd2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,1176 @@
+\documentclass{ltxdockit}[2011/03/25] 
+\usepackage{microtype}
+\usepackage{xcolor}
+\usepackage{imakeidx}
+\makeindex[title=Author Index,intoc]
+\usepackage{btxdockit}
+\usepackage{fontspec}
+\usepackage{realscripts}
+\usepackage{xparse}
+\usepackage{framed}
+
+\usepackage[style=sbl,indexing=cite,backend=biber]{biblatex}
+\addbibresource{biblatex-sbl.bib}
+
+\hypersetup{colorlinks,citecolor=spot}
+
+\hyphenation{Prei-sen-daz}
+
+\setmonofont{DejaVu Sans Mono}[Scale=MatchLowercase]
+\setromanfont{Linux Libertine O}
+\setsansfont{Linux Biolinum O}[
+  BoldItalicFont={* Bold},
+  BoldItalicFeatures={FakeSlant=0.2}
+]
+
+\newcommand*{\biblatexsbl}{\sty{biblatex-sbl}\xspace}
+\newcommand*{\biblatexsblhome}{https://github.com/dcpurton/biblatex-sbl/}
+\newcommand*{\biblatex}{\sty{biblatex}\xspace}
+
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\NewDocumentCommand \samplemacro { m }
+  {
+    \texttt{#1}\par
+  }
+\NewDocumentCommand \sblrefsamplecite { s m m m o o m }
+  {
+    \IfNoValueTF { #5 }
+      {
+        \IfNoValueT { #6 }
+          {
+            \IfBooleanF { #1 }
+              {
+                \samplemacro{\textbackslash #2\{#7\}}
+              }
+            \hspace*{\bibindent}#4\csuse{#3}{#7}
+          }
+      }
+      {
+        \IfNoValueTF { #6 }
+          {
+            \IfBooleanF { #1 }
+              {
+                \samplemacro{\textbackslash #2[#5]\{#7\}}
+              }
+            \hspace*{\bibindent}#4\csuse{#3}[#5]{#7}
+          }
+          {
+            \IfBooleanF { #1 }
+              {
+                \samplemacro{\textbackslash #2[#5][#6]\{#7\}}
+              }
+            \hspace*{\bibindent}#4\csuse{#3}[#5][#6]{#7}
+          }
+      }
+  }
+\NewDocumentCommand \samplecite { s m o o m }
+  {
+    \rmfamily
+    \IfBooleanTF { #1 }
+      {
+        \sblrefsamplecite*{autocite}{cite}{#2.~}[#3][#4]{#5}.\par
+      }
+      {
+        \sblrefsamplecite{autocite}{cite}{#2.~}[#3][#4]{#5}.\par
+      }
+  }
+\NewDocumentCommand \sampleparencite { s o o m }
+  {
+    \rmfamily
+    \IfBooleanTF { #1 }
+      {
+        \sblrefsamplecite*{parencite}{parencite}{}[#2][#3]{#4}\par
+      }
+      {
+        \sblrefsamplecite{parencite}{parencite}{}[#2][#3]{#4}\par
+      }
+  }
+\NewDocumentCommand \samplebib { s m }
+  {
+    \IfBooleanF { #1 }
+      {
+        \samplemacro{\textbackslash printbibliography}
+      }
+    \hangindent\bibindent\bibentrycite{#2}.\par
+  }
+\NewDocumentCommand \samplebiblist { s m }
+  {
+    \IfBooleanF { #1 }
+      {
+        \samplemacro{\textbackslash printbiblist\{abbreviations\}}
+      }
+    \biblistcite{#2}
+  }
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+
+\lstset{%
+  basicstyle=\displayverbfont\normalsize,
+  keywordstyle=\bfseries
+}
+
+\makeatletter
+\def\ltd@printarg@iv(#1|#2){[\prm{#1}|\prm{#2}]\ltd@parseargs}
+\def\ltd@printarg@v<#1|>{[\prm{#1}|]\ltd@parseargs}
+
+\titlepage{%
+  title={\biblatexsbl},
+  subtitle={SBL Style Using \biblatex},
+  url={\biblatexsblhome},
+  author={David Purton},
+  email={dcpurton@marshwiggle.net},
+  revision={\sbl@abx@version},
+  date={\today}}
+\makeatother
+
+\hypersetup{%
+  pdftitle={biblatex-sbl},
+  pdfsubject={SBL Style Using biblatex},
+  pdfauthor={David Purton},
+  pdfkeywords={sbl, biblatex, bibliography, citation}}
+
+\definecolor{spot}{rgb}{0.25,0.25,0.65}
+\colorlet{shadecolor}{black!15}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\printtitlepage
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+\biblatexsbl provides support to \biblatex and LaTeX for citations,
+bibliography, and a list of abbreviations in the style recommended by the
+Society of Biblical Literature (\citeshorthand{SBL}). The style conforms to
+the second edition of the \cite{SBLHS}.
+
+The style supports all examples given in the handbook (see
+\sty{biblatex-sbl-test.pdf}). Shorthand citations and a list of abbreviations
+containing journals, series, and shorthands are handled automatically.
+Repeated authors in the bibliography are replaced by a horizontal line.
+\emph{Ibidem} is supported, but not enabled by default, as is indexing of
+names. Only note style citations, not Author-Date citations are supported.
+Primary sources can be cited in parentheses. \biblatexsbl is compatible with
+\biblatex's support for \sty{hyperref}.
+
+For anything not covered in this manual, please see the \biblatex
+documentation. Bugs and feature requests can be submitted at
+\url{\biblatexsblhome}.
+
+\section{Requirements}
+
+\biblatexsbl requires at least version 3.5 of \biblatex and the \sty{xparse}
+package. \sty{biber} must be used. \sty{bibtex} is not supported. For
+localization \sty{babel}\slash\sty{polyglossia} and \sty{csquotes} are
+recommended.
+
+\section{Usage}
+
+The following minimal example will set up \biblatexsbl to conform to the
+defaults of the \cite{SBLHS}.
+
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{}
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage[style=sbl,backend=biber]{biblatex}
+\addbibresource{<bibfile.bib>}
+\begin{document}
+\printbiblist{abbreviations}
+\printbibliography
+\end{document}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\end{quote}
+
+\subsection{Localization}
+
+By default \biblatexsbl uses American style punctuation and quotation marks.
+You can choose a different style by including the
+\sty{babel}\slash\sty{polyglossia} and \sty{csquotes} packages in your
+document preamble. e.g.,
+
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{}
+\usepackage[german]{babel}
+\usepackage{csquotes}
+\usepackage[style=sbl,backend=biber]{biblatex}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\end{quote}
+
+Currently \opt{english} (including variants such as \opt{british},
+\opt{australian}, etc.), \opt{spanish}, and \opt{german} are supported.
+
+\subsection{Commands}
+
+The standard commands for \biblatexsbl generally follow those defined by
+\biblatex. Included below are the most typical commands. For more commands and
+options, reference the \biblatex manual.
+
+\begin{ltxsyntax}
+
+\cmditem{autocite}[prenote](altpostnote|postnote){key}
+
+\cmd{autocite} inserts a citation as a footnote. If used in a footnote, the
+citation is placed in parentheses. It works as in the standard \biblatex
+styles, except that that \bibfield{postnote} argument can be divided into two
+using the pipe (\sty{|}) character. This creates an \bibfield{altpostnote}
+field which is used in some of the examples from §6.4 of the \cite{SBLHS}.
+e.g.,
+
+\begin{snugshade}
+  \samplecite{1}[See][1.3|8:223]{clementinehomilies}
+\end{snugshade}
+
+To use only \bibfield{altpostnote} you must still include the pipe character.
+e.g.,
+
+\begin{snugshade}
+  \samplecite{1}[III. 1-164|]{PGM:betz}
+\end{snugshade}
+
+\cmditem{cite}[prenote](altpostnote|postnote){key}
+
+\cmd{cite} works in the same way as \cmd{autocite} except that the citation is
+placed directly into the text instead of in a footnote.
+
+\cmditem{parencite}[prenote](altpostnote|postnote){key}
+
+\cmd{parencite} works in the same way as \cmd{autocite} except that the
+citation is placed inside parentheses instead of in a footnote. This is most
+useful for citing primary sources. e.g.,
+
+\begin{snugshade}
+  \sampleparencite[2.233-235]{josephus:ant}
+\end{snugshade}
+
+\cmditem{journalcite}{key}
+\cmditem{seriescite}{key}
+\cmditem{shorthandcite}{key}
+
+\cmd{journalcite}, \cmd{seriescite},and \cmd{shorthandcite} inserts the
+respective abbreviation into the text and also adds it to the list of
+abbreviations. The abbreviation is hyperlinked to the list of abbreviations if
+the \sty{hyperref} package is loaded.
+
+These commands ignore the \bibfield{prenote} and \bibfield{postnote} fields,
+so can safely be used anywhere within a database entry.
+
+\cmditem{printbiblist}
+
+This command prints a bibliography list. In \biblatexsbl all abbreviations
+(journals, series, and shorthands) can be printed using the following command:
+
+\begin{quote}
+  \verb+\printbiblist[...]{abbreviations}+
+\end{quote}
+
+See the \biblatex manual for an explanation of available optional arguments.
+
+\cmditem{printbiblioraphy}
+
+Inserts the bibliography. See the \biblatex manual for an explanation of
+available optional arguments.
+
+\end{ltxsyntax}
+
+\subsection{Package Options}
+
+\biblatexsbl defaults to the recommendations of the \citeshorthand{SBL}, but
+it also supports many of the standard options from \biblatex as well as a few
+custom ones outlined below.
+
+\begin{optionlist}
+
+\optitem[sbl]{citepages}{\opt{sbl}, \opt{permit}, \opt{omit}, \opt{separate}}
+
+Use this option to fine-tune the formatting of the \bibfield{pages} field
+the first time an entry is cited.
+
+\begin{valuelist}
+\item[sbl] The \bibfield{postnote} field is not printed for first citations.
+  e.g.,
+
+  \begin{snugshade}
+    \samplecite{1}[159]{leyerle:1993}
+    \samplecite{2}[159]{leyerle:1993}
+    \samplecite{3}{leyerle:1993}
+  \end{snugshade}
+
+  If \bibfield{postnote} is not a page range, then it is printed in
+  parentheses after \bibfield{pages}. e.g.,
+
+  \begin{snugshade}
+    \samplecite{1}[a note]{irvine:2014}
+    \samplecite{2}[a note]{irvine:2014}
+  \end{snugshade}
+
+\item[permit] The \bibfield{postnote} is printed in parentheses after the
+  \bibfield{pages} field. e.g.,
+
+  \makeatletter\cbx@opt@citepages@permit\makeatother
+
+  \begin{snugshade}
+    \samplecite{1}[245]{wildberger:1965}
+    \samplecite{2}[245]{wildberger:1965}
+  \end{snugshade}
+
+  If \bibfield{postnote} is not a page range, then \bibfield{pages} is printed
+  for subsequent citations, and the \bibfield{postnote} is printed in
+  parentheses. e.g.,
+
+  \begin{snugshade}
+    \samplecite{3}[a note]{wildberger:1965}
+  \end{snugshade}
+
+\item[omit] The \bibfield{pages} field is not printed unless
+  \bibfield{postnote} is empty or not a page range. e.g.,
+
+  \makeatletter\cbx@opt@citepages@omit\makeatother
+
+  \begin{snugshade}
+    \samplecite{1}[5]{freedman:1977}
+    \samplecite{2}[5]{freedman:1977}
+    \samplecite{3}{freedman:1977}
+    \samplecite{4}[a note]{freedman:1977}
+  \end{snugshade}
+
+\item[separate] The \bibfield{postnote} is printed in parentheses after the
+  \bibfield{pages} field preceeded by the bibliography string \sty{thiscite}.
+  e.g.,
+
+  \makeatletter\cbx@opt@citepages@separate\makeatother
+
+  \begin{snugshade}
+    \samplecite{1}[1]{petersen:1988}
+    \samplecite{2}[1]{petersen:1988}
+  \end{snugshade}
+
+  If \bibfield{postnote} is not a page range, then \sty{firstcite} is not
+  used. e.g.,
+
+  \begin{snugshade}
+    \samplecite{3}[a note]{leyerle:1993}
+  \end{snugshade}
+
+  \makeatletter\cbx@opt@citepages@sbl\makeatother
+
+\end{valuelist}
+
+\boolitem[false]{fullbibrefs}
+
+The \emph{Student Supplement for the} \cite{SBLHS} permits two styles for the
+bibliography entry for Bible dictionaries and encyclopaedias, and multivolume
+commentaries for the entire Bible by multiple
+authors.\autocite[4–5]{SBLHS:studentsupp}
+
+This option applies to \bibfield{@inreference} and \bibfield{@incommentary}
+entry types.
+
+\begin{valuelist}
+\item[true] The bibliography entry is printed in long form. e.g.,
+
+  \begin{snugshade}
+    \toggletrue{fullbibrefs}
+    \nocite{IDB}
+    \samplebib*{stendahl:1962}
+    \togglefalse{fullbibrefs}
+  \end{snugshade}
+
+\item[false] The bibliography entry is printed in a short form. e.g.,
+
+  \begin{snugshade}
+    \samplebib*{stendahl:1962}
+  \end{snugshade}
+\end{valuelist}
+
+\optitem[false]{ibidtracker}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}, \opt{context},
+\opt{strict}, \opt{constrict}}
+
+This option controls the \emph{ibidem} tracker. The possible choices are:
+
+\begin{valuelist}
+\item[true] Enable the tracker in global mode.
+  not tracked separately between text body and footnotes.
+\item[false] Disable the tracker: \emph{ibid.}\ will not be used.
+\item[context] Enable the tracker in context-sensitive mode. In this mode,
+  citations in footnotes and in the body text are tracked separately.
+\item[strict] Enable the tracker in strict mode. In this mode, potentially
+  ambiguous references are suppressed. A reference is considered ambiguous if
+  either the current citation (the one including the \emph{ibidem}) or the
+  previous citation (the one the \emph{ibidem} refers to) consists of a list
+  of references.
+\item[constrict] This mode combines the features of \opt{context} and
+  \opt{strict}. It also keeps track of footnote numbers and detects
+  potentially ambiguous references in footnotes in a stricter way than the
+  \opt{strict} option. In addition to the conditions imposed by the
+  \opt{strict} option, a reference in a footnote will only be considered as
+  unambiguous if the current citation and the previous citation are given in
+  the same footnote or in immediately consecutive footnotes.
+\end{valuelist}
+
+\boolitem[false]{ibidpage}
+
+The scholarly abbreviation \emph{ibidem} is sometimes taken to mean both ‘same
+author + same title’ and ‘same author + same title + same page’ in traditional
+citation schemes. By default, this is not the case with this style because it
+may lead to ambiguous citations. If you prefer the wider interpretation of
+\emph{ibidem}, set the package option \opt{ibidpage=true} or simply
+\opt{ibidpage} in the preamble. The default setting is \opt{ibidpage=false}.
+
+\optitem[false]{idemtracker}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}, \opt{context},
+\opt{strict}, \opt{constrict}}
+
+This option controls the \emph{idem} tracker. The possible choices are:
+
+\begin{valuelist}
+\item[true] Enable the tracker in global mode.
+\item[false] Disable the tracker: \emph{idem} will not be used.
+\item[context] Enable the tracker in context-sensitive mode. In this mode,
+  citations in footnotes and in the body text are tracked separately.
+\item[strict] This is an alias for \opt{true}, provided only for consistency
+  with the other trackers. Since \emph{idem} replacements do not get ambiguous
+  in the same way as \emph{ibidem}, the strict tracking mode does not apply to
+  them.
+\item[constrict] This mode is similar to \opt{context} with one additional
+  condition: a reference in a footnote will only be considered as unambiguous
+  if the current citation and the previous citation are given in the same
+  footnote.
+\end{valuelist}
+
+\optitem[false]{pagetracker}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
+
+This option controls whether \emph{ibidem} and \emph{idem} are used across
+page breaks or not.
+
+\begin{valuelist}
+\item[true] Enable the tracker in automatic mode. This is like \opt{spread} if
+  LaTeX is in twoside mode, and like \opt{page} otherwise.
+\item[false] Disable the tracker.
+\item[page] Enable the tracker in page mode. In this mode, tracking works on a
+  per-page basis.
+\item[spread] Enable the tracker in spread mode. In this mode, tracking works
+  on a per-spread (double page) basis.
+\end{valuelist}
+
+\optitem[comp]{releasedate}{\opt{year}, \opt{short}, \opt{long}, \opt{terse,
+\opt{comp}, \opt{iso8601}}}
+
+Similar to the \opt{date} option (for details see the \biblatex manual) but
+controls the format of the \bibfield{releasedate}.
+
+\boolitem[true]{sblfootnotes}
+
+This option controls the style of footnotes. This option is compatible with
+the \sty{footmisc} package provided \sty{footmisc} is loaded before \biblatex.
+
+\begin{valuelist}
+\item[true] Footnotes are printed with a normal number followed by a period
+  and the first line indented:
+
+  \begin{snugshade}
+    \samplecite*{1}{talbert:1992}
+  \end{snugshade}
+
+\item[false] Footnotes are printed with a superscript (or whatever other
+  default has been set up by your style):
+
+  \begin{snugshade}
+    \hspace*{\bibindent}\llap{\textsuperscript{1}}\cite{robinson+koester:1971}.
+  \end{snugshade}
+\end{valuelist}
+
+\end{optionlist}
+
+\section{Database Guide}
+
+\subsection{Entry Types}
+
+This section gives an overview of the entry types supported by \biblatexsbl.
+Many work in the same way as \biblatex. Some standard entry types have custom
+usage, and some are unique to \biblatexsbl. These are documented more fully.
+
+\begin{typelist}
+
+\typeitem{ancienttext}
+
+This is a custom type for \biblatexsbl. It is used for the special examples in
+\cite[§6.4.1, §6.4.3 and §6.4.8]{SBLHS}.
+
+Unless \opt{options = \{skipbib=false\}} is set explicitly, an
+\bibtype{ancienttext} entry will not appear in the bibliography. (Although,
+see \opt{ANRW} \bibfield{entrysubtype} below for an exception.) The
+\bibfield{related} field is used to refer to the entry which should appear in
+the bibliography instead of the \bibtype{ancienttext} entry. Options can be
+set on the related entry using the \bibfield{relatedoptions} field.
+
+The entry pointed to by \bibfield{related} along with the \bibfield{postnote}
+is printed in parentheses after the \bibfield{altpostnote}, \bibfield{editor},
+and \bibfield{translator} fields if they are present. \bibfield{translator}
+and \bibfield{editor} fields are omitted for subsequent citations. e.g.,
+
+\begin{snugshade}
+  \samplecite{1}[319]{suppiluliumas}
+  \samplecite*{2}[319]{suppiluliumas}
+  \samplebib{ANET}
+\end{snugshade}
+
+If the entry contains \opt{options = \{skipbib=false\}}, then the bibliography
+entry will be like \bibtype{book}. Any shorthand is also printed in the same
+way as a \bibtype{book} shorthand.
+
+The following values for the \bibfield{entrysubtype} field are supported:
+
+\begin{valuelist}
+
+\item[ANRW]
+
+The \opt{ANRW} \bibfield{entrysubtype} is particularly for citing \cite{ANRW}
+as outlined in §6.4.8 of the \cite{SBLHS}. In this case, the entry \emph{will}
+appear in the bibliography. See \sty{biblatex-sbl-test.pdf} for full details
+of the required database entry.
+
+\item[chronicle]
+
+Formats the \bibfield{title} using an upright shape font without quotation
+marks. e.g.,
+
+\begin{snugshade}
+  \samplecite{1}[lines 3--4|125]{esarhaddonchronicle}
+\end{snugshade}
+
+\item[COS]
+
+Suppresses parentheses around \emph{COS} and the \bibfield{postnote} for
+subsequent citations. e.g.,
+
+\begin{snugshade}
+  \samplecite{1}{greathymnaten}
+  \samplecite*{2}{greathymnaten}
+\end{snugshade}
+
+\item[inscription]
+
+  Similarly to \opt{chronicle}, this formats the \bibfield{title} using an
+  upright shape font without quotation marks.
+
+\end{valuelist}
+
+\typeitem{article}
+
+An article in a journal or magazine. Also use this type for review articles
+\parencite[§6.3.4]{SBLHS} and electronic journal articles
+\parencite[§6.3.10]{SBLHS}.
+
+\typeitem{book}
+
+A single-volume book with one or more authors.
+
+\typeitem{mvbook}
+
+A multivolume \bibtype{book}. \biblatexsbl treats this as an alias for
+\bibtype{book}.
+
+There is one \bibfield{entrysubtype} supported:
+
+\begin{valuelist}
+
+\item[RIMA]
+
+The citation for \citeseries{RIMA} \parencite[97]{SBLHS} is treated like a
+series with a number when cited in full, but as a shorthand with a volume when
+cited in short form. See \sty{biblatex-sbl-test.pdf} for full details.
+
+\end{valuelist}
+
+\typeitem{inbook}
+
+A part of a book which forms a self-contained unit with its own title.
+\biblatexsbl treats this as an alias for \bibtype{incollection}.
+
+\typeitem{bookinbook}
+
+This type is similar to \bibtype{inbook} but intended for works originally
+published as a stand-alone book. The main difference is that the title is
+printed in italics instead of in quotation marks. See §6.4.4 in
+\sty{biblatex-sbl-test.pdf} for an example.
+
+\typeitem{suppbook}
+
+Supplemental material in a \bibtype{book}. Use this for an introduction,
+preface or foreword written by someone other than the author
+\parencite[§6.2.14]{SBLHS}. The \bibfield{type} field is used to specify the
+type of supplementary material. See §6.2.14 of \sty{biblatex-sbl-test.pdf}.
+
+\typeitem{classictext}
+
+This type is a custom type for \biblatexsbl. It is used for the special
+examples in \cite[§6.4.2 and §§6.4.4–6]{SBLHS}.
+
+Unless \opt{options = \{skipbib=false\}} is set explicitly, a
+\bibtype{classictext} entry will not appear in the bibliography. The
+\bibfield{xref} field is used to refer to the entry which should appear in the
+bibliography instead of the \bibtype{classictext} entry.
+
+If present, the \bibfield{translator} and \bibfield{series} are printed in
+parentheses following the \bibfield{postnote}. e.g.,
+
+\begin{snugshade}
+  \samplecite{1}[15.18-19]{tacitus:ann:jackson}
+  \samplebib{tacitus}
+\end{snugshade}
+    
+If the entry contains \opt{options = \{skipbib=false\}}, then the bibliography
+entry will be like \bibtype{incollection} except that the \bibfield{title} is
+set in italics instead of within quotation marks.
+
+The following values for the \bibfield{entrysubtype} field are supported:
+
+\begin{valuelist}
+
+\item[churchfather]
+
+Entries using the \opt{churchfather} \bibfield{entrysubtype} print the entry
+pointed to by \bibfield{related} within parentheses following the
+\bibfield{altpostnote}. The \bibfield{postnote} field applies to the entry in
+\bibfield{related}. \bibfield{relatedoptions} can be used to control some
+aspects of the formatting for the related entry. \bibfield{altpostnote} is
+always separated from the title by a space.
+
+\begin{snugshade}
+  \samplecite{1}[28.3.5|252]{augustine:letters}
+  \samplebib{augustine:letters}
+\end{snugshade}
+
+\end{valuelist}
+
+\typeitem{collection}
+
+A single-volume collection with multiple, self-contained contributions by
+distinct authors which have their own title. The work as a whole has no
+overall author but it will usually have an editor. \biblatexsbl treats this as
+an alias for \bibtype{book}.
+
+\typeitem{mvcollection}
+
+A multi-volume \bibtype{collection}. \biblatexsbl treats this as an alias for
+\bibtype{mvbook}.
+
+\typeitem{incollection}
+
+A contribution to a collection which forms a self-contained unit with a
+distinct author and title.
+
+\typeitem{commentary}
+
+A single-volume commentary on a book (or part of a book) of the Bible by one
+or more authors. This entry type is similar to \bibtype{book}, except that any
+\bibfield{volume} and \bibfield{maintitle} is only printed in the
+bibliography, not the citation.
+
+\typeitem{mvcommentary}
+
+A multi-volume commentary on a single book of the Bible by one or more authors
+or a multi-volume commentary on the whole Bible by multiple authors.
+\biblatexsbl treats this as an alias to \bibtype{mvbook}.
+
+\typeitem{incommentary}
+
+A contribution to a commentary which forms a self-contained unit with a
+distinct author and title. This is typically a commentary on a book of the
+Bible appearing in a single or multi-volume commentary on the entire Bible.
+
+If an entry contains an \bibfield{xref} field, then the bibliography entry is
+printed in either short or long form as described above under
+\opt{fullbibrefs}. Otherwise this entry is treated as an alias for
+\bibtype{incollection}.
+
+\typeitem{conferencepaper}
+
+An unpublished paper presented at a professional society. Use the
+\bibfield{eventtitle}, \bibfield{venue}, and \bibfield{eventdate} fields to
+specify relevant detail for the conference.
+
+\typeitem{lexicon}
+
+A single-volume lexicon or theological dictionary. \biblatexsbl treats this as
+an alias for \bibtype{book}.
+
+\typeitem{mvlexicon}
+
+A multi-volume lexicon or theological dictionary. \biblatex treats this as an
+alias for \bibtype{mvbook}.
+
+\typeitem{inlexicon}
+
+An article in a lexicon or theological dictionary. This is a custom type for
+\biblatexsbl. The required \bibfield{xref} field must contain the entry name
+of a \bibtype{lexicon} or \bibtype{mvlexicon}. The \bibtype{inlexicon} entry
+does not appear in the bibliography. Instead the lexicon pointed to by
+\bibfield{xref} appears in the bibliography.
+
+Subsequent citations do not include the article title, only the name of the
+lexicon. e.g.,
+
+\begin{snugshade}
+  \samplecite{1}[511]{dahn+liefeld:see+vision+eye}
+  \samplecite{2}[511]{dahn+liefeld:see+vision+eye}
+  \samplebib{NIDNTT}
+\end{snugshade}
+
+\typeitem{manual}
+
+Technical or other documentation, not necessarily in printed form. \biblatexsbl
+treats this as an alias for \bibtype{book}.
+
+\typeitem{misc}
+
+A fallback type for entries which do not fit into any other category. Use the
+\bibfield{howpublished} field to supply publishing information in free format,
+if applicable.
+
+This type is also set up to be able to insert an item into the list of
+abbreviations. So it is permissible to include just \bibfield{journaltitle}
+and \bibfield{shortjournal} or \bibfield{series} and \bibfield{shortseries},
+or \bibfield{shorthand} and relevant fields. In this case ensure that
+\bibfield{options = \{skipbib\}} is set.
+
+\typeitem{online}
+
+An online resource without a print counterpart. \biblatexsbl treats this as an
+alias for \bibtype{article}.
+
+\typeitem{proceedings}
+
+A single-volume conference proceedings. In \biblatexsbl this as an alias for
+\bibtype{collection}.
+
+\typeitem{mvproceedings}
+
+A multi-volume \bibtype{proceedings} entry. In \biblatexsbl this as an alias
+for \bibtype{mvcollection}.
+
+\typeitem{inproceedings}
+
+An article in a conference proceedings. In \biblatexsbl this as an alias for
+\bibtype{incollection}.
+
+\typeitem{reference}
+
+A single-volume encyclopaedia or dictionary. \biblatexsbl treats this as an
+alias for \bibtype{book}.
+
+\typeitem{mvreference}
+
+A multi-volume \bibtype{reference}. \biblatexsbl treats this as an alias for
+\bibtype{mvbook}.
+
+\typeitem{inreference}
+
+An article in an encyclopaedia or dictionary. The required \bibfield{xref}
+field must contain the entry name of a \bibtype{reference} or
+\bibtype{mvreference}.
+
+The bibliography entry is printed in either short or long form as described
+above under \opt{fullbibrefs}.
+
+\typeitem{review}
+
+A book review in a journal. This is similar to the \bibtype{article} entry
+type. Use the \bibfield{revdauthor}\slash\bibfield{revdeditor} and
+\bibfield{revdtitle} fields to specify the author\slash editor and title of
+the book being reviewed.
+
+Note that review articles are treated like articles and should use the
+\bibtype{article} entry type.
+
+\typeitem{seminarpaper}
+
+An \citeshorthand{SBL} seminar paper. This is a custom entry type for
+\biblatexsbl. See §6.4.11 of \sty{biblatex-sbl-test} for an example.
+
+\typeitem{set}
+
+An entry set. This entry type is special. See the \biblatex manual for
+details.
+
+\typeitem{thesis}
+
+A unpublishes thesis written for an educational institution to satisfy the
+requirements for a degree. Use the \bibfield{type} field to specify the type of
+thesis and the \bibfield{institution} to specify the educational institution.
+
+\typeitem{unpublished}
+
+A work with an author and a title which has not been formally published, such
+as a manuscript or the script of a talk. Use the fields howpublished and note
+to supply additional information in free format, if applicable.
+
+See §6.3.8 of \sty{biblatex-sbl-test} for an example.
+
+\end{typelist}
+
+\subsection{Entry Fields}
+
+\biblatexsbl supports many of the entry fields outlined in the \biblatex
+manual. There are also a number of custom entry fields supported by
+\biblatexsbl. These are documented below.
+
+\begin{fieldlist}
+
+\listitem{bookeditor}{name}
+
+The editor(s) of the \bibfield{booktitle}.
+
+\listitem{booktranslator}{name}
+
+The translator(s) of the \bibfield{booktitle}.
+
+\listitem{maineditor}{name}
+
+The editor(s) of the \bibfield{maintitle}.
+
+\listitem{maintranslator}{name}
+
+The translator(s) of the \bibfield{maintitle}.
+
+\fielditem{releasedate}{date}
+
+The date a text edition published online with no print counterpart is
+released. See §6.4.13 of \sty{biblatex-sbl-test.pdf}.
+
+\fielditem{releaseday}{datepart}
+
+This field holds the day component of the \bibfield{releasedate} field.
+
+\fielditem{releasemonth}{datepart}
+
+This field holds the month component of the \bibfield{releasedate} field.
+
+\fielditem{releaseyear}{datepart}
+
+This field holds the year component of the \bibfield{releasedate} field.
+
+\listitem{revdauthor}{name}
+
+The author(s) of the \bibfield{revdtitle}.
+
+\listitem{revdeditor}{name}
+
+The editor(s) of the \bibfield{revdtitle}.
+
+\fielditem{revdshorttitle}{literal}
+
+The title of a book being review in an abridged form. This field is used in
+subsequent citations of \bibtype{review} entry types.
+
+\fielditem{revdsubtitle}{literal}
+
+The subtitle of a book being reviewed.
+
+\fielditem{revdtitle}{literal}
+
+The title of a book being reviewed.
+
+\fielditem{revdtitleaddon}{literal}
+
+An annex to the \bibfield{revdtitle}, to be printed in a different font.
+
+\listitem{revdtranslator}{name}
+
+The translator(s) of the \bibfield{revdtitle}.
+
+\fielditem{seriesseries}{literal}
+
+This field is used when a \bibfield{series} is begun anew to distinguish
+between the old and new series. See \cite[§6.2.24]{SBLHS}.
+
+\fielditem{shortbooktitle}{literal}
+
+The \bibfield{booktitle} in abridged form.
+
+\fielditem{shortmaintitle}{literal}
+
+The \bibfield{maintitle} in abridged form.
+
+\listitem{withauthor}{name}
+
+The author(s) who assist the \bibfield{author}. See \bibfield{witheditortype},
+below, for an example.
+
+\fielditem{withauthortype}{literal}
+
+The type of \bibfield{withauthor}. This field will affect the string used to
+introduce the author(s) who assist the author. If unspecified, the
+bibliography string \sty{with} is used.
+
+\listitem{witheditor}{name}
+
+The editor(s) who assist the \bibfield{editor}.
+
+\fielditem{witheditortype}{literal}
+
+The type of \bibfield{witheditor}. This field will affect the string used to
+introduce the editor(s) who assist the editor. If unspecified, the
+bibliography string \sty{with} is used.
+
+\begin{snugshade}
+  \samplecite{1}[1:24]{TLOT}
+  \samplebib{TLOT}
+  \samplebiblist{TLOT}
+\end{snugshade}
+
+\listitem{withtranslator}{name}
+
+The translator(s) who assist the \bibfield{translator}.
+
+\fielditem{withtranslatortype}{literal}
+
+The type of \bibfield{withtranslator}. This field will affect the string used
+to introduce the translator(s) who assist the translator. If unspecified, the
+bibliography string \sty{with} is used.
+
+\listitem{withbookauthor}{name}
+
+The author(s) who assist the \bibfield{bookauthor}.
+
+\fielditem{withbookauthortype}{literal}
+
+This field is analogous to the \bibfield{withauthortype}, but for the
+\bibfield{bookauthor}.
+
+\listitem{withbookeditor}{name}
+
+The editor(s) who assist the \bibfield{bookeditor}.
+
+\fielditem{withbookeditortype}{literal}
+
+This field is analogous to the \bibfield{witheditortype}, but for the
+\bibfield{bookeditor}.
+
+\listitem{withbooktranslator}{name}
+
+The translator(s) who assist the \bibfield{booktranslator}.
+
+\fielditem{withbooktranslatortype}{literal}
+
+This field is analogous to the \bibfield{withtranslatortype}, but for the
+\bibfield{booktranslator}.
+
+\listitem{withmainauthor}{name}
+
+The author(s) who assist the \bibfield{mainauthor}.
+
+\fielditem{withmainauthortype}{literal}
+
+This field is analogous to the \bibfield{withauthortype}, but for the
+\bibfield{mainauthor}.
+
+\listitem{withmaineditor}{name}
+
+The editor(s) who assist the \bibfield{maineditor}.
+
+\fielditem{withmaineditortype}{literal}
+
+This field is analogous to the \bibfield{witheditortype}, but for the
+\bibfield{maineditor}.
+
+\listitem{withmaintranslator}{name}
+
+The translator(s) who assist the \bibfield{maintranslator}.
+
+\fielditem{withmaintranslatortype}{literal}
+
+This field is analogous to the \bibfield{withtranslatortype}, but for the
+\bibfield{maintranslator}.
+
+\end{fieldlist}
+
+\subsection{Entry Options}
+
+\biblatexsbl supports many of the entry options outlined in the \biblatex
+manual. There are also a number of custom entry options supported by
+\biblatexsbl. These are documented below.
+
+\begin{optionlist}
+
+\optitem[false]{skipbiblistshorthand}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
+
+This option controls what appears in the list of abbreviations for database
+entries containing both a \bibfield{shorthand} and a \bibfield{shortseries}.
+For entries not containing a \bibfield{shortseries} just use the option
+\opt{skipbiblist}. The possible options are:
+
+\begin{valuelist}
+\item[true] Do not include the \bibfield{shorthand} in the list of
+  abbreviations.
+\item[false] Include the \bibfield{shorthand} in the list of abbreviations.
+\end{valuelist}
+
+\optitem[false]{skipbiblistshortseries}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
+
+This option controls what appears in the list of abbreviations for database
+entries containing both a \bibfield{shorthand} and a \bibfield{shortseries}.
+For entries not containing a \bibfield{shorthand} just use the option
+\opt{skipbiblist}. The possible options are:
+
+\begin{valuelist}
+\item[true] Do not include the \bibfield{shortseries} in the list of
+  abbreviations.
+\item[false] Include the \bibfield{shortseries} in the list of abbreviations.
+\end{valuelist}
+
+\optitem[true]{shorthand}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}, \opt{short}}
+
+This option controls when and whether the \bibfield{shorthand} field is used
+as a citation.
+
+\begin{valuelist}
+\item[true] Always use the \bibfield{shorthand} when citing the entry.
+\item[false] Never use the \bibfield{shorthand} when citing the entry.
+\item[short] Print the full citation the first time the entry is cited. Use
+  the \bibfield{shorthand} on subsequent citations.
+\end{valuelist}
+
+\optitem[true]{usefullcite}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
+
+This options controls the format of first citations. The possible choices are:
+
+\begin{valuelist}
+\item[true] Use a full citation the first time the entry is cited.
+\item[false] Use the short citation form the first time the entry is cited.
+\end{valuelist}
+
+\optitem[true]{useshorttitle}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
+
+This option controls the format of subsequent citations. The possible choices
+are:
+
+\begin{valuelist}
+\item[true] Include the \bibfield{shorttitle} or \bibfield{title} in
+  subsequent citations.
+\item[false] Suppress the \bibfield{shorttitle} or \bibfield{title} in
+  subsequent citations, so only the author(s) or editor(s) are printed.
+\end{valuelist}
+
+\optitem[true]{usevolume}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
+
+This option controls whether the \bibfield{volume} is printed as part of the
+citation text or as part of the \bibfield{postnote}.
+
+\begin{valuelist}
+\item[true] Print the \bibfield{volume} as part of the main citation
+  information. e.g., “Vol.~1.”
+\item[false] Print the \bibfield{volume} field as part of the
+  \bibfield{postnote}. e.g., “1:”
+\end{valuelist}
+
+\end{optionlist}
+
+\subsection{Reprints}
+
+\biblatexsbl supports three different ways of doing reprints with varying
+complexity.
+
+If only the original publisher, location, and/or year are required, then use
+the fields \bibfield{origpublisher}, \bibfield{origlocation}, and
+\bibfield{origdate}. e.g.,
+
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{lstlisting}{}
+@book{vanseters:1997,
+    author = {Van Seters, John},
+    title = {In Search of History: Histeriography in the Ancient
+               World and the Origins of Biblical History},
+    origlocation = {New Haven},
+    origpublisher = {Yale University Press},
+    origdate = {1983},
+    location = {Winona Lake, IN},
+    publisher = {Eisenbrauns},
+    date = {1997}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{snugshade}
+  \samplecite{1}[90]{vanseters:1997}
+  \samplebib{vanseters:1997}
+\end{snugshade}
+\end{quote}
+
+When extra information is required, use a related entry with
+\bibfield{relatedtype = \{reprint\}}. A custom string can be specified instead
+of “Repr.” using the optional \bibfield{relatedstring} field. In this case no
+punctuation is inserted after the \bibfield{relatedstring}. You could think of
+the default being \bibfield{relatedstring = \{\cmd{bibstring}\{reprint\},\}}.
+e.g.,
+
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{lstlisting}{}
+@mvbook{sasson:2000,
+    editor = {Sasson, Jack M.},
+    title = {Civilizations of the Ancient Near East},
+    volumes = {4},
+    location = {New York},
+    publisher = {Scribner's Sons},
+    year = {1995},
+    related = {sasson:repr},
+    relatedtype = {reprint}
+}
+@mvbook{sasson:repr,
+    volumes = {4~vols.\ in 2},
+    location = {Peabody, MA},
+    publisher = {Hendrickson},
+    date = {2000}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{snugshade}
+  \samplecite{1}[1:40]{sasson:2000}
+  \samplebib{sasson:2000}
+\end{snugshade}
+\end{quote}
+
+A full reprint history also uses the \bibfield{related} field, but with some
+other \bibfield{relatedtype} apart from \bibfield{relatedtype = \{reprint\}}.
+e.g.,
+
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{lstlisting}{}
+@book{wellhausen:1883,
+    author = {Wellhausen, Julius},
+    title = {Prolegomena zur Geschichte Israels},
+    edition = {2},
+    location = {Berlin},
+    publisher = {Reimer},
+    date = {1883}
+}
+@book{wellhausen:1885,
+    author = {Wellhausen, Julius},
+    title = {Prolegomena to the History of Israel},
+    translator = {Black, J. Sutherland and Enzies, A.},
+    preface = {Smith, W. Robertson},
+    location = {Edinburgh},
+    publisher = {Black},
+    related = {wellhausen:1883},
+    relatedtype = {translationof},
+    date = {1885}
+}
+@book{wellhausen:1957,
+    author = {Wellhausen, Julius},
+    title = {Prolegomena to the History of Ancient Israel},
+    location = {New York},
+    publisher = {Meridian Books},
+    related = {wellhausen:1885},
+    relatedtype = {reprintof},
+    date = {1957}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{snugshade}
+  \samplecite{1}[20]{wellhausen:1957}
+  \samplebib{wellhausen:1957}
+\end{snugshade}
+\end{quote}
+
+\printbiblist[heading=biblistintoc]{abbreviations}
+
+\printbibliography[heading=bibintoc]
+
+\printindex
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3424a9aac6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0ac09853153
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+\documentclass[letterpaper,12pt,oneside,openany]{book}
+
+%% Pass ibid and idem options to biblatex
+%\PassOptionsToPackage{pagetracker,ibidtracker=context,ibidpage,idemtracker=constrict}{biblatex}
+
+\usepackage{sbl-paper}
+
+%% Add your bib resource here
+\addbibresource{biblatex-sbl.bib}
+
+%% Index setup
+%% Include separate indices for subjects, authors, and Scripture references
+\makeindex[title=Subject Index,intoc]
+\makeindex[name=\jobname-scr,title=Scripture Reference Index,intoc,options=-s sbl-paper-bibleref.ist]
+\makeindex[name=\jobname-aut,title=Author Index,intoc]
+%% Index Bible references in a scripture index
+\renewcommand{\biblerefindex}{\index[\jobname-scr]}
+%% Redefine index format so biblatex inserts names into an author index
+\DeclareIndexNameFormat{default}{%
+  \nameparts{#1}%
+  \usebibmacro{index:name}
+    {\index[\jobname-aut]}
+    {\namepartfamily}
+    {\namepartgiven}
+    {\namepartprefix}
+    {\namepartsuffix}}
+
+%% Set default language to German
+%\setdefaultlanguage{german}
+
+%% Set quotation style to British English
+%\setquotestyle[british]{english}
+
+%% Set default font
+\setromanfont{Linux Libertine O}
+
+%% Disable hyperlinks
+%\hypersetup{draft=true}
+
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\institution{[Name of Institution]}
+\title{Title of Paper}
+\professor{[Name of Professor]}
+\course{[Course Number and Title]}
+\author{[Your Name]}
+\date{[Month, Day, Year]}
+\maketitle
+
+\frontmatter
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\printbiblist[heading=biblistintoc]{abbreviations}
+
+\mainmatter
+
+\firstsection[Primary Heading]{Primary Heading \break
+  Long Titles Are Single-Spaced on Subsequent Lines}
+
+\index{margins}%
+The top margin is two inches for the first page only. There are two blank
+lines between the title and the text (or subheading if there is one). The
+left, right, top, and bottom margins are one inch. The first pages of chapters
+are formatted like the primary heading.
+
+Indent the first line of subsequent paragraphs. All main text should be set in
+a standard 12-point font such as Times-New-Roman.
+
+\subsection{First-Level Subheading}
+
+Keep two blank lines between the text of the preceding section and a
+subheading, regardless of the level. A first level subheading is centered,
+bold, and capitalized headline style.
+
+\subsubsection{Second-Level Subheading}
+
+There are two blank lines between the text of the preceding section and the
+subheading. A second-level subheading is centered and capitalized headline
+style.
+
+\paragraph{Third-Level Subheading}
+
+A third level subheading is on the left margin, in bold, italics, and
+capitalized headline style. A heading should never be the last text on a page.
+If necessary, add extra blank space at the end of the page and begin the
+following page with a heading.
+
+\subparagraph{Fourth-Level Subheading}
+
+A fourth-level subheading is on the left margin, capitalized headline style.
+
+The page numbers for the noninitial pages of the paper (or chapter) are
+located at the top right corner. The text of the body of the paper is
+double-spaced except for blocked
+quotations.
+\begin{quoting}
+  \index{quotations!block}%
+  This is a blocked quotation. It should consist of five or more lines of text
+  and be indented one-half inch. Block quotations should be single-spaced. No
+  quotation marks are used at the beginning or the end of the quote. Double
+  quotation marks within the original matter are retained. The blocked quote
+  is set off by a regular double space before and after the quote. Note that
+  regular spacing resumes after the end of the quotation.\footnote{The first
+  line of a footnote is indented one-half inch. A 10-point font is acceptable.
+  Footnotes, unlike the main text of the paper, should be single-spaced.}
+\end{quoting}
+After a block quotation, return to double-spaced text justified to the left
+margin until you finish the paragraph.
+
+\index{footnotes}%
+Footnotes at the bottom of the page are separated by a two-inch
+rule.\footnote{There should be a blank line between each note and a blank en
+space between the number and the first word of the note.} Maintain subsequent
+numbering in notes. Make sure a footnote and the text to which it refers are
+on the same page.
+
+\section{Citations}
+
+\index{citations}%
+Citations should be referenced using \verb+\autocite+ or \verb+\autocites+ for
+citations in footnotes and \verb+\parencite+ or \verb+\parencites+ for
+citations in parentheses. For example, here is a dictionary with a shorthand:
+\parencite{NIDNTT}. Here's a commentary,\autocite{dahood:1965-1970} and here's
+the same article referenced in two different
+publications.\autocites{freedman:1977,freedman:1980}
+
+\section{Greek and Hebrew}
+
+\index{Greek!paragraph}Paragraph Greek:
+\begin{quoting}
+  \begin{greek}
+    Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος.
+    \textenglish{(\pibibleverse{John 1:1})}
+  \end{greek}
+\end{quoting}
+\index{Hebrew!paragraph}Paragraph Hebrew:
+\begin{quoting}
+  \begin{hebrew}
+    בְּרֵאשִׁית בָּרָא אֱלֹהִים אֵת הַשָּׁמַיִם וְאֵת הָאָרֶץ.
+    \textenglish{(\pibibleverse{Genesis 1:1})}
+  \end{hebrew}
+\end{quoting}
+\index{Greek!inline}Inline Greek (\textgreek{Ἐν ἀρχῇ}),
+\index{Greek!transliterated}transliterated Greek (\emph{En archē}),
+\index{Hebrew!inline}Hebrew (\texthebrew{בראשית}), and
+\index{Hebrew!transliterated}transliterated Hebrew (\emph{bərēʾšı̂t}).
+
+\appendix
+
+\chapter{Appendix Title}
+
+\index{appendixes}%
+There should be two blank lines between the title and the text.
+
+Each appendix should have a number and a title, unless there is only one
+appendix, in which case the appendix does not need a number. Every appendix
+requires a heading, so if you are including a preexisting document you will
+need to type a heading (i.e., the appendix number and title) on that document
+so that it conforms to your numbered appendixes.
+
+An appendix is formatted like the first page of a chapter, using a two-inch
+top margin. Locate page numbers at the bottom center of the first page of each
+appendix and at the top right corner of subsequent pages. If the appendix is
+already numbered, put those page numbers in square brackets. Page numbering
+for the appendixes is consecutive with the rest of the paper.
+
+Margins for the appendixes should be the same as the rest of the paper. You
+may need to reduce the content of the appendix to fit the margins.
+
+\backmatter
+
+\printbibliography[heading=bibintoc]
+
+\singlespacing
+
+\printindex
+
+\printindex[\jobname-scr]
+
+\printindex[\jobname-aut]
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper-bibleref.ist b/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper-bibleref.ist
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0257d460a9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper-bibleref.ist
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+preamble
+"\\begin{theindex}
+\\renewcommand\\item{\\bigskip\\par\\normalfont\\bfseries}
+\\renewcommand\\subitem{\\medskip\\par\\normalfont\\itshape}
+\\newcommand\\firstsubitem{\\medskip\\par\\nobreak\\hangindent 1in\\normalfont\\itshape}
+\\renewcommand\\subsubitem{\\par\\hangindent 1in\\normalfont\\hspace*{0.25in}}
+\\newcommand\\firstsubsubitem{\\par\\nobreak\\hangindent 1in\\normalfont\\hspace*{0.25in}}\n"
+
+item_01
+"\n    \\firstsubitem"
+
+item_x1
+"\n    \\firstsubitem"
+
+item_2
+"\n      \\subsubitem\\raggedright\\strut\\rlap{"
+
+item_12
+"\n      \\firstsubsubitem\\raggedright\\strut\\rlap{"
+
+item_x2
+"\n      \\firstsubsubitem\\raggedright\\strut\\rlap{"
+
+delim_0 "\\normalfont , "
+delim_1 "\\normalfont , "
+delim_2 "}\\normalfont\\hspace*{0.75in}%"
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.def
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..acee0035a08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.def
@@ -0,0 +1,1940 @@
+\RequireBibliographyStyle{standard}
+\RequireBiber[3]
+
+% BibLaTeX version 3.5 or greater required
+\newdimen \biblatex@version
+\biblatex@version = \abx@version pt
+\ifdim \biblatex@version < 3.45pt
+  \PackageError{biblatex-sbl}{BibLaTeX v3.5 or greater is required}
+\fi
+
+% Require xparse
+\RequirePackage{xparse}
+
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+% VERSION STRINGS
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\def\sbl@abx@date{2016/10/11}
+\def\sbl@abx@version{0.7}
+\def\sbl@abx@bbxid{\sbl@abx@date\space v\sbl@abx@version\space biblatex-sbl bibliography style}
+\def\sbl@abx@cbxid{\sbl@abx@date\space v\sbl@abx@version\space biblatex-sbl citation style}
+\def\sbl@abx@lbxid{\sbl@abx@date\space v\sbl@abx@version\space biblatex-sbl localization}
+\def\sbl@abx@defid{\sbl@abx@date\space v\sbl@abx@version\space biblatex-sbl definitions and macros}
+
+\ProvidesFile{biblatex-sbl.def}[\sbl@abx@defid]
+
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+% CITEPAGES OPTION
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\DeclareRangeChars{~,;-+/:}
+
+\NumCheckSetup{\def\mkbibparens#1{#1}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{postnote}{}
+\newbibmacro*{pages}{}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{citepages}[permit]{%
+  \ifcsdef{cbx@opt@citepages@#1}
+    {\csuse{cbx@opt@citepages@#1}}
+    {\PackageError{biblatex}
+       {Invalid option 'citepages=#1'}
+       {Valid values are 'sbl', 'permit', 'omit', 'separate'.}}}
+
+\providebibmacro*{postnote}{}
+\providebibmacro*{pages}{}
+
+\def\cbx@opt@citepages@sbl{%
+  \renewbibmacro*{pages}{%
+    \iffieldundef{pages}
+      {}
+      {\printfield{pages}%
+       \ifboolexpr{
+         test {\iffieldundef{postnote}}
+         or
+         bool {bbx@inset}
+       }
+         {}
+         {\iffieldpages{postnote}
+            {}
+            {\setunit{\addspace}%
+             \printtext[parens]{\printfield{postnote}}}}}}%
+  \renewbibmacro*{postnote}{%
+    \iffieldundef{postnote}
+      {\printfield{pages}}
+      {\iffieldpages{postnote}
+         {\printfield{postnote}}
+         {\iffieldundef{pages}
+            {\printfield{postnote}}
+            {\printfield{pages}%
+             \setunit{\addspace}%
+             \printtext[parens]{\printfield{postnote}}}}}}}
+
+\def\cbx@opt@citepages@permit{%
+  \renewbibmacro*{pages}{%
+    \iffieldundef{pages}
+      {}
+      {\printfield{pages}%
+       \ifboolexpr{
+         test {\iffieldundef{postnote}}
+         or
+         bool {bbx@inset}
+       }
+         {}
+         {\setunit{\addspace}%
+          \printtext[parens]{\printfield{postnote}}}}}%
+  \renewbibmacro*{postnote}{%
+    \iffieldundef{postnote}
+      {\printfield{pages}}
+      {\iffieldpages{postnote}
+         {\printfield{postnote}}
+         {\iffieldundef{pages}
+            {\newunit
+             \printfield{postnote}}
+            {\printfield{pages}%
+             \setunit*{\addspace}%
+             \printtext[parens]{\printfield{postnote}}}}}}}
+
+\def\cbx@opt@citepages@omit{%
+  \renewbibmacro*{pages}{%
+    \iffieldundef{pages}
+      {}
+      {\ifboolexpr{
+         test {\iffieldundef{postnote}}
+         or
+         bool {bbx@inset}
+       }
+         {\printfield{pages}}
+         {\iffieldpages{postnote}
+            {\printfield{postnote}}
+            {\printfield{pages}%
+             \setunit*{\addspace}%
+             \printtext[parens]{\printfield{postnote}}}}}}%
+  \renewbibmacro*{postnote}{%
+    \iffieldundef{postnote}
+      {\printfield{pages}}
+      {\iffieldpages{postnote}
+         {\printfield{postnote}}
+         {\iffieldundef{pages}
+            {\newunit
+             \printfield{postnote}}
+            {\printfield{pages}%
+             \setunit*{\addspace}%
+             \printtext[parens]{\printfield{postnote}}}}}}}
+
+\def\cbx@opt@citepages@separate{%
+  \renewbibmacro*{pages}{%
+    \iffieldundef{pages}
+      {}
+      {\printfield{pages}%
+       \ifboolexpr{
+         test {\iffieldundef{postnote}}
+         or
+         bool {bbx@inset}
+       }
+         {}
+         {\setunit{\addspace}%
+           \printtext[parens]{%
+            \iffieldpages{postnote}
+              {\bibstring{thiscite}%
+               \setunit{\addspace}}
+              {}%
+            \printfield{postnote}}}}}%
+  \renewbibmacro*{postnote}{%
+    \iffieldundef{postnote}
+      {\printfield{pages}}
+      {\iffieldpages{postnote}
+         {\printfield{postnote}}
+         {\iffieldundef{pages}
+            {\printfield{postnote}}
+            {\printfield{pages}%
+             \setunit*{\addspace}%
+             \printtext[parens]{%
+               \iffieldpages{postnote}
+                 {\bibstring{thiscite}%
+                  \setunit{\addspace}}
+                 {}%
+               \printfield{postnote}}}}}}}
+
+
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+% IDEM MACROS
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+% only use idem within footnote
+\let\cbx@ifmpfncheck\blx@ifmpfncheck
+\patchcmd{\cbx@ifmpfncheck}{\tw@}{\@ne}{}{}
+\let\cbx@ifciteidem@constrict\blx@ifciteidem@constrict
+\patchcmd{\cbx@ifciteidem@constrict}{\blx@ifmpfncheck}{\cbx@ifmpfncheck}{}{}
+
+\def\blx@opt@idemtracker@constrict{%
+  \let\blx@imc@ifciteidem\cbx@ifciteidem@constrict
+  \let\blx@idemtracker\blx@idemtracker@constrict
+  \let\blx@idemreset\blx@idemreset@context
+  \booltrue{citetracker}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{ifidemused}{%
+  \ifciteidem
+    {\bibstring[\mkibid]{idem\thefield{gender}}%
+     \@firstoftwo}
+    {\@secondoftwo}}
+
+
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+% COMMENTARY OPTIONS
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\newtoggle{fullbibrefs}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{fullbibrefs}[true]{%
+  \ifstrequal{#1}{true}
+    {\toggletrue{fullbibrefs}}
+    {\togglefalse{fullbibrefs}}}
+
+
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+% ENTRY OPTIONS
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\newtoggle{blx@skipbiblistseries}
+\newtoggle{blx@skipbiblistshorthand}
+\newtoggle{blx@usefullcite}
+\newtoggle{blx@usevolume}
+\newtoggle{blx@useshorttitle}
+
+\DeclareTypeOption{skipbiblistseries}[true]{%
+  \settoggle{blx@skipbiblistseries}{#1}}
+\DeclareEntryOption{skipbiblistseries}[true]{%
+  \settoggle{blx@skipbiblistseries}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareTypeOption{skipbiblistshorthand}[true]{%
+  \settoggle{blx@skipbiblistshorthand}{#1}}
+\DeclareEntryOption{skipbiblistshorthand}[true]{%
+  \settoggle{blx@skipbiblistshorthand}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{useshorttitle}[true]{%
+  \settoggle{blx@useshorttitle}{#1}}
+\DeclareTypeOption{useshorttitle}[true]{%
+  \settoggle{blx@useshorttitle}{#1}}
+\DeclareEntryOption{useshorttitle}[true]{%
+  \settoggle{blx@useshorttitle}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{usefullcite}[true]{%
+  \settoggle{blx@usefullcite}{#1}}
+\DeclareTypeOption{usefullcite}[true]{%
+  \settoggle{blx@usefullcite}{#1}}
+\DeclareEntryOption{usefullcite}[true]{%
+  \settoggle{blx@usefullcite}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{usevolume}[true]{%
+  \settoggle{blx@usevolume}{#1}}
+\DeclareTypeOption{usevolume}[true]{%
+  \settoggle{blx@usevolume}{#1}}
+\DeclareEntryOption{usevolume}[true]{%
+  \settoggle{blx@usevolume}{#1}}
+
+\def\blx@shorthand{}
+\DeclareEntryOption[string]{shorthand}[true]{%
+  \def\blx@shorthand{#1}}
+
+
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+% STYLE OPTIONS
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+% footnote style
+\let\orig@makefntext\@makefntext
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{sblfootnotes}[true]{%
+  \ifstrequal{#1}{true}
+    {\@ifpackageloaded{footmisc}
+       {\renewcommand\@makefntext[1]{%
+          \parindent\footnotemargin%
+          \@thefnmark.\@\space
+          \footnotelayout
+          ##1}}
+       {\renewcommand\@makefntext[1]{%
+          \parindent 1em%
+          \@thefnmark.\@\space
+          ##1}}}
+    {\let\@makefntext\orig@makefntext}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{ibidpage}[true]{%
+  \ifstrequal{#1}{true}
+    {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{loccittracker=true}}
+    {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{loccittracker=false}}}
+
+\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{%
+  citetracker,
+  punctfont,
+  alldates=comp,
+  releasedate=comp,
+  dateabbrev=false,
+  autocite=footnote,
+  url,
+  related,
+  minxrefs=1,
+  isbn=false,
+  ibidtracker=false,
+  ibidpage=false,
+  maxbibnames=99,
+  maxcitenames=3,
+  citepages=sbl,
+  fullbibrefs=false,
+  sblfootnotes,
+  usefullcite,
+  useshorttitle,
+  usevolume
+}
+
+\ExecuteBibliographyOptions[classictext,ancienttext]{%
+  skipbib
+}
+
+\ExecuteBibliographyOptions[inlexicon]{%
+  skipbib
+}
+
+\urlstyle{same}
+\def\UrlBreaks{\do\@\do\\\do\/\do\!\do\_\do\|\do\;\do\>\do\]%
+ \do\)\do\,\do\?\do\'\do+\do\=\do\#}%
+\def\UrlSpecials{\do\.{\penalty\UrlBreakPenalty\mathchar`.}%
+  \do\-{\penalty\UrlBreakPenalty\mathchar`-}%
+  \do\ {\Url@space}\do\%{\Url@percent}\do\^^M{\Url@space}%
+  \Url@force@Tilde}% package option may force faked text-ascii-tilde
+
+\NewBibliographyString{to}
+\NewBibliographyString{of}
+\NewBibliographyString{with}
+\NewBibliographyString{withassistance}
+\NewBibliographyString{withpreface}
+\NewBibliographyString{paperpresented}
+\NewBibliographyString{released}
+
+\DeclareLanguageMapping{english}{sbl-american}
+\DeclareLanguageMapping{american}{sbl-american}
+\DeclareLanguageMapping{british}{sbl-british}
+\DeclareLanguageMapping{german}{sbl-german}
+\DeclareLanguageMapping{spanish}{sbl-spanish}
+
+\renewcommand*{\subtitlepunct}{\addcolon\space}
+\newcommand*{\namedashpunct}{\adddot\space}
+\newcommand*{\lexiconfinalnamedelim}{\addcomma\space}
+\renewcommand*{\relateddelim}{\addsemicolon\space}
+
+\setcounter{mincompwidth}{10}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{doi}{%
+  \printtext{doi}\addcolon
+  \ifhyperref
+    {\href{http://dx.doi.org/#1}{\nolinkurl{#1}}}
+    {\nolinkurl{#1}}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{edition}{%
+  \ifinteger{#1}
+    {\mkbibordedition{#1}~\bibsstring{edition}}
+    {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}\isdot}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{eprint:ebook}{#1 \biblstring{edition}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{eprint}{%
+  \iffieldundef{eprinttype}
+    {eprint}
+    {\thefield{eprinttype}}%
+  \newunitpunct
+  \ifhyperref
+    {\url{#1}}
+    {\nolinkurl{#1}}%
+  \iffieldundef{eprintclass}
+    {}
+    {\addspace\mkbibparens{\thefield{eprintclass}}}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{eprint:arxiv}{%
+  arXiv\addcolon\space
+  \ifhyperref
+    {\href{http://arxiv.org/\abx@arxivpath/#1}{%
+       \nolinkurl{#1}%
+       \iffieldundef{eprintclass}
+         {}
+         {\addspace\mkbibbrackets{\thefield{eprintclass}}}}}
+    {\nolinkurl{#1}
+     \iffieldundef{eprintclass}
+       {}
+       {\addspace\mkbibbrackets{\thefield{eprintclass}}}}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{eprint:hethiter}{%
+  \printtext{doi}\addcolon
+  \ifhyperref
+    {\href{http://hethiter.net/:\%20#1}{%
+       hethiter\slash\addcolon\space
+       \nolinkurl{#1}%
+       \iffieldundef{eprintclass}
+         {}
+         {\addspace\mkbibparens{\thefield{eprintclass}}}}}
+    {hethiter\slash\addcolon\space
+     \nolinkurl{#1}
+     \iffieldundef{eprintclass}
+       {}
+       {\addspace\mkbibparens{\thefield{eprintclass}}}}}
+\renewcommand*{\volcitedelim}{\addcolon}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{volcitevolume}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{volcitepages}{\mkcomprange{#1}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{part}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{pt}{\bibstring{part}~#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{postnote}{\mkcomprange{#1}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{multipostnote}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{byauthor}{\bibstring{byauthor} #1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{revdtitle}{\biblstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{#1}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{revdshorttitle}{\biblstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{#1}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{shorttitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{shortbooktitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{shortmaintitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{shortjournal}{\mkbibemph{#1}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{seriesseries}{#1}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{pages}{\mkcomprange{#1}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{pagesin}{\mkcomprange[\mkpageprefix]{#1} \usebibmacro{in}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{volume}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{vol}{\bibsstring{volume}~#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{volumeof}{\bibsstring{volume}~#1 \bibstring{of}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{volumes}{#1\ifnumeral{#1}{~\bibsstring{volumes}}{}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{partof}{\bibstring{part}~#1 \bibstring{of}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{no}{\bibsstring{number}~#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{url}{\url{#1}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{urldate}{}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{releasedate}{\bibstring{released}\space#1}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{editortype}{\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{withauthortype}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{witheditortype}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{withtranslatortype}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{withbookauthortype}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{withbookeditortype}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{withbooktranslatortype}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{withmainauthortype}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{withmaineditortype}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{withmaintranslatortype}{#1}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{cptype}{\ifbibstring{#1}{\bibcpstring{#1}}{#1}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{quote}{\mkbibquote{#1}}
+
+\DeclareNameAlias{withauthor}{given-family}
+\DeclareNameAlias{witheditor}{given-family}
+\DeclareNameAlias{withtranslator}{given-family}
+\DeclareNameAlias{withbookauthor}{given-family}
+\DeclareNameAlias{withbookeditor}{given-family}
+\DeclareNameAlias{withbooktranslator}{given-family}
+\DeclareNameAlias{withmainauthor}{given-family}
+\DeclareNameAlias{withmaineditor}{given-family}
+\DeclareNameAlias{withmaintranslator}{given-family}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{relatedstring:reprint}{#1\printunit{\addcomma\space}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[incommentary,inreference,inlexicon,online,review,seminarpaper,conferencepaper]{title}{\mkbibquote{#1}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat[incommentary,inreference,inlexicon,online,review,seminarpaper,conferencepaper]{shorttitle}{\mkbibquote{#1}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{howpublished}{\ifbibstring{#1}{\bibstring{#1}}{#1}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat[ancienttext]{title}{%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+    test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{inscription}}
+    or
+    test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{chronicle}}
+  }
+    {#1}
+    {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{churchfather}
+       {\mkbibemph{#1}}
+       {\mkbibquote{#1}}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:mvbook}{cite:book}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:mvcollection}{cite:collection}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{collection}{book}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvcollection}{collection}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:collection}{cite:book}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvreference}{mvbook}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:mvreference}{cite:mvbook}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{reference}{book}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:reference}{cite:book}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{lexicon}{reference}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:lexicon}{cite:reference}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvlexicon}{mvreference}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:mvlexicon}{cite:mvreference}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{inbook}{incollection}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:inbook}{cite:incollection}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{commentary}{book}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvcommentary}{book}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:mvcommentary}{cite:mvbook}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:online}{cite:article}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{online}{article}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:manual}{cite:book}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{manual}{book}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:unpublished}{cite:misc}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{unpublished}{misc}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{proceedings}{collection}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvproceedings}{mvcollection}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{inproceedings}{incollection}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:proceedings}{cite:collection}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:mvproceedings}{cite:mvcollection}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:inproceedings}{cite:incollection}
+
+\DeclareLabeldate{%
+  \field{releasedate}
+}
+
+\renewcommand*{\newunitpunct}{\addcomma\space}
+\newcommand*{\volpostnotedelim}{\addcolon}
+
+\providecommand*{\mkibid}[1]{#1}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{name:family-given}[4]{%
+  \ifuseprefix
+    {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#3#1}%
+     \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#3#1}%
+     \ifdefvoid{#3}{}{%
+       \ifcapital
+         {\mkbibnameprefix{\MakeCapital{#3}}\isdot}
+         {\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}%
+       \ifprefchar{}{\bibnamedelimc}}%
+     \mkbibnamefamily{#1}\isdot
+     \ifdefvoid{#2}{}{\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamegiven{#2}\isdot}%
+     \ifdefvoid{#4}{}{\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot}}
+    {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#1}%
+     \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#1}%
+     \mkbibnamefamily{#1}\isdot
+     \ifboolexpe{%
+       test {\ifdefvoid{#2}}
+       and
+       test {\ifdefvoid{#3}}}
+       {}
+       {\revsdnamepunct}%
+     \ifdefvoid{#2}{}{\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamegiven{#2}\isdot}%
+     \ifdefvoid{#3}{}{\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}%
+     \ifdefvoid{#4}{}{\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot}}}
+
+
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+% BIBLIOGRAPHY
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\renewrobustcmd*{\printbibliography}{%
+  \begingroup
+  \blx@key@bibcheck{bibliography}
+  \edef\on@line{\on@line}%
+  \@ifnextchar[%]
+    {\blx@printbibliography}
+    {\blx@printbibliography[]}}
+\defbibcheck{bibliography}{%
+  \blx@skipentries
+  \blx@includeentries
+}
+\def\blx@skipentries{}
+\def\blx@includeentries{}
+\def\addskipentry#1{%
+  \edef\X{%
+    \noexpand\iffieldequalstr{entrykey}{#1}
+      {\noexpand\toggletrue{blx@skipentry}}
+      {}}%
+  \expandafter\g@addto@macro\expandafter\blx@skipentries\expandafter{\X}}
+\def\addincludeentry#1{%
+  \edef\X{%
+    \noexpand\iffieldequalstr{entrykey}{#1}
+      {\noexpand\togglefalse{blx@skipentry}}
+      {}}%
+  \expandafter\g@addto@macro\expandafter\blx@includeentries\expandafter{\X}}
+
+
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+% LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\newtoggle{blx@abbrevcite}
+
+\newlength{\abbrevwidth}
+
+\def\setmaxlength#1#2{%
+  \ifdim\dimexpr#2>\dimexpr#1
+    \global\setlength{#1}{#2}%
+  \fi
+}
+
+\defbibenvironment{abbreviations}
+  {\list
+     {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shortjournal}%
+      \iffieldundef{shorthand}
+        {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shortseries}}
+        {\iffieldsequal{shorthand}{shorttitle}
+           {\printtext{\mkbibemph{\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}}}
+           {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}}}
+     {\setmaxlength{\abbrevwidth}{\shorthandwidth}%
+      \setmaxlength{\abbrevwidth}{\shortserieswidth}%
+      \setmaxlength{\abbrevwidth}{\shortjournalwidth}%
+      \addtolength{\abbrevwidth}{\biblabelsep}%
+      \setlength{\labelwidth}{\abbrevwidth}%
+      \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
+      \setlength{\labelsep}{0pt}%
+      \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
+      \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}%
+      \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}%
+      \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}}
+  {\endlist}
+  {\item}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{abbreviations}{%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \citereset
+  \def\abx@str{abx@lstr}%
+  \renewcommand*{\finentrypunct}{}%
+  \iffieldundef{shortjournal}
+    {}
+    {\bibhypertarget{\strfield{shortjournal}}{}%
+     \printfield{journaltitle}}%
+  \iffieldundef{shorthand}
+    {\iffieldundef{shortseries}
+       {}
+       {\bibhypertarget{\strfield{shortseries}}{}%
+        \printfield{series}}
+       }
+    {\bibhypertarget{\strfield{shorthand}}{}%
+     \iffieldsequal{shorthand}{shorttitle}
+       {\toggletrue{blx@abbrevcite}}
+       {}%
+     \usebibmacro{bibentrycite}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBiblistFilter{abbreviations}{
+  \filteror{
+    \filter[type=field,filter=shorthand]
+    \filter[type=field,filter=shortjournal]
+    \filter[type=field,filter=shortseries]
+  }
+}
+
+\defbibcheck{abbreviations}{%
+  \blx@setoptions@entry
+  \iftoggle{blx@skipbiblist}{\skipentry}{}%
+  \iffieldundef{shorthand}
+    {\iffieldundef{shortseries}
+       {}
+       {\iftoggle{blx@skipbiblistseries}{\skipentry}{}}}
+    {\iftoggle{blx@skipbiblistshorthand}{\skipentry}{}}%
+  \iftoggle{blx@skipentry}
+    {}
+    {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}
+       {}
+       {\ifcsdef{sbl\therefsection\strfield{shortjournal}=\strfield{journaltitle}}
+          {\skipentry}
+          {\savefieldcs{journaltitle}{sbl\therefsection\strfield{shortjournal}=\strfield{journaltitle}}}}%
+     \iffieldundef{shorthand}
+       {\iffieldundef{shortseries}
+          {}
+          {\ifcsdef{sbl\therefsection\strfield{shortseries}=\strfield{series}}
+             {\skipentry}
+             {\savefieldcs{series}{sbl\therefsection\strfield{shortseries}=\strfield{series}}}}}
+       {\ifcsdef{sbl\therefsection\strfield{shorthand}=\strfield{title}}
+          {\skipentry}
+          {\savefieldcs{shorthand}{sbl\therefsection\strfield{shorthand}=\strfield{title}}}}}}
+
+\DeclareSortingScheme{abbreviations}{%
+  \sort{%
+    \field{shorthand}%
+    \field{shortjournal}%
+    \field{shortseries}%
+  }%
+}
+
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+% SOURCE MAPS
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+%   - cut titles at colons to create short titles
+%   - copy titles to shorttitles if they are empty
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\DeclareSourcemap{
+  \maps{
+    \map{
+      \step[fieldsource=title, match=\regexp{(.*?):}, final]
+      \step[fieldset=shorttitle, fieldvalue={$1}]
+    }
+    \map{
+      \step[fieldsource=revdtitle, match=\regexp{(.*?):}, final]
+      \step[fieldset=revdshorttitle, fieldvalue={$1}]
+    }
+    \map{
+      \step[fieldsource=entrysubtype, match=\regexp{ANRW}, final]
+      \step[fieldset=options, fieldvalue={skipbib=false}]
+    }
+    \map[overwrite]{
+      \pertype{ancienttext}
+      \pertype{classictext}
+      \step[fieldsource=related, final]
+      \step[fieldset=relatedtype, fieldvalue=ancienttext]
+      \step[fieldsource=relatedoptions, match=\regexp{(.*)}]
+      \step[fieldset=relatedoptions, fieldvalue={skipbib=false,skipbiblist=false,}]
+      \step[fieldset=relatedoptions, fieldvalue={$1}, append]
+    }
+    \map[overwrite]{
+      \step[fieldsource=shortseries, final]
+      \step[fieldsource=shorthand, final]
+      \step[fieldsource=entrykey, match=\regexp{(.*)}]
+      \step[fieldset=xref, fieldvalue=series-$1]
+      \step[entrynew=series-$1, entrynewtype=misc]
+      \step[fieldsource=shortseries]
+      \step[fieldset=shortseries, origfieldval, entrytarget=series-$1]
+      \step[fieldsource=series]
+      \step[fieldset=series, origfieldval, entrytarget=series-$1]
+      \step[fieldset=options, fieldvalue={skipbib}, entrytarget=series-$1]
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+% DATA INHERITANCE
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\DeclareDataInheritance{mvbook,mvcollection,mvreference,mvlexicon,mvcommentary}
+    {book,inbook,collection,incollection,reference,inreference,bookinbook,
+     lexicon,commentary,inlexicon,incommentary,classictext}{%
+  \inherit{title}{maintitle}
+  \inherit{subtitle}{mainsubtitle}
+  \inherit{titleaddon}{maintitleaddon}
+  \inherit{shorttitle}{shortmaintitle}
+  \inherit{editor}{maineditor}
+  \inherit{translator}{maintranslator}
+  \noinherit{sorttitle}
+  \noinherit{indextitle}
+  \noinherit{indexsorttitle}
+  \noinherit{endyear}
+}
+
+\DeclareDataInheritance{book,collection,reference,lexicon,commentary}
+    {inbook,incollection,inreference, inlexicon,incommentary,
+     bookinbook,classictext}{%
+  \inherit{title}{booktitle}
+  \inherit{subtitle}{booksubtitle}
+  \inherit{titleaddon}{booktitleaddon}
+  \inherit{shorttitle}{shortbooktitle}
+  \inherit{author}{bookauthor}
+  \inherit{editor}{bookeditor}
+  \inherit{translator}{booktranslator}
+  \noinherit{sorttitle}
+  \noinherit{indextitle}
+  \noinherit{indexsorttitle}
+  \noinherit{endyear}
+}
+
+
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+% LANGUAGE
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+%   - use literals for origlanguage if no translation found
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\renewcommand*{\lbx@lfromlang}{%
+  \iffieldundef{origlanguage}
+    {\unspace}
+    {\ifbibxstring{from\abx@field@origlanguage}
+      {\biblstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}}
+      {from \printfield{origlanguage}}}}
+
+\renewcommand*{\lbx@sfromlang}{%
+  \iffieldundef{origlanguage}
+    {\unspace}
+    {\ifbibstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}
+       {\bibsstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}}
+       {from \printfield{origlanguage}}}}
+
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+% SET UP DELIMITER MACROS
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new_protected:Nn \sbl_ifinstringt:nnn {
+   \tl_if_in:nnT {#2}{#1}{#3}}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \sbl_ifinstringt:nnn { non }
+\cs_new_eq:NN \IfInStringT \sbl_ifinstringt:non
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+
+\newbibmacro*{setpostnotedelim}{%
+  \iffieldundef{postnote}
+    {}
+    {\IfInStringT{.}{\abx@field@postnote}
+       {\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{\addspace}}%
+     \IfInStringT{:}{\abx@field@postnote}
+       {\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{\addspace}}%
+     \IfInStringT{§}{\abx@field@postnote}
+       {\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{\addspace}}%
+     \IfInStringT{\textsection}{\abx@field@postnote}
+       {\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{\addspace}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{setaltpostnotedelim}{%
+  \iffieldundef{altpostnote}
+    {}
+    {\IfInStringT{.}{\abx@field@altpostnote}
+       {\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{\addspace}}%
+     \IfInStringT{:}{\abx@field@altpostnote}
+       {\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{\addspace}}%
+     \IfInStringT{§}{\abx@field@altpostnote}
+       {\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{\addspace}}%
+     \IfInStringT{\textsection}{\abx@field@altpostnote}
+       {\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{\addspace}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{setpagesdelim}{%
+  \iffieldundef{pages}
+    {}
+    {\IfInStringT{.}{\abx@field@pages}
+       {\setunit{\addspace}}%
+     \IfInStringT{:}{\abx@field@pages}
+       {\setunit{\addspace}}%
+     \IfInStringT{§}{\abx@field@pages}
+       {\setunit{\addspace}}%
+     \IfInStringT{\textsection}{\abx@field@pages}
+       {\setunit{\addspace}}}}
+
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+% JOINING WORD MACROS
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\newbibmacro*{in}{%
+  \printtext{\bibstring{in}}%
+  \setunit{\addspace}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{to}{%
+  \printtext{\bibstring{to}}%
+  \setunit{\addspace}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{of}{%
+  \printtext{\bibstring{of}}%
+  \setunit{\addspace}}
+
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+% TITLE MACROS
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\newbibmacro*{shorttitle}{%
+  \iftoggle{blx@useshorttitle}
+    {\iffieldundef{shorttitle}
+       {\iffieldundef{title}
+          {}
+          {\printtext[bibhyperlink]{%
+             \printtext[title]{\printfield[titlecase]{title}}}}}
+       {\printtext[bibhyperlink]{%
+          \printtext[title]{\printfield[titlecase]{shorttitle}}}}%
+     \newunit}
+    {}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{shorttitlenohyperlink}{%
+  \iftoggle{blx@useshorttitle}
+    {\iffieldundef{shorttitle}
+       {\iffieldundef{title}
+          {}
+          {\printtext[title]{\printfield[titlecase]{title}}}}
+       {\printtext[title]{\printfield[titlecase]{shorttitle}}}%
+     \newunit}
+    {}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{shortbooktitle}{%
+  \iffieldundef{shortbooktitle}
+    {\iffieldundef{booktitle}
+       {}
+       {\printtext[booktitle]{\printfield[titlecase]{booktitle}}}}
+    {\printtext[booktitle]{\printfield[titlecase]{shortbooktitle}}}%
+  \newunit}
+
+\newbibmacro*{shortmaintitle}{%
+  \iffieldundef{shortmaintitle}
+    {\iffieldundef{maintitle}
+       {}
+       {\printtext[maintitle]{\printfield[titlecase]{maintitle}}}}
+    {\printtext[maintitle]{\printfield[titlecase]{shortmaintitle}}}%
+  \newunit}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{title}{%
+  \ifciteseen
+    {\ifboolexpr{
+       test {\ifnameundef{author}}
+       and
+       not test {\ifnameundef{editor}}
+     }
+       {}
+       {\usebibmacro{shorttitle}}}
+    {\ifboolexpr{
+       test {\iffieldundef{title}}
+       and
+       test {\iffieldundef{subtitle}}
+     }
+       {}
+       {\printtext[title]{%
+          \printfield[titlecase]{title}%
+          \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+          \printfield[titlecase]{subtitle}}%
+        \newunit}%
+     \printfield{titleaddon}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{booktitle}{%
+  \ifciteseen
+    {\usebibmacro{shortbooktitle}}
+    {\ifboolexpr{
+       test {\iffieldundef{booktitle}}
+       and
+       test {\iffieldundef{booksubtitle}}
+     }
+       {}
+       {\printtext[booktitle]{%
+          \printfield[titlecase]{booktitle}%
+          \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+          \printfield[titlecase]{booksubtitle}}%
+        \newunit}%
+     \printfield{booktitleaddon}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{maintitle}{%
+  \ifciteseen
+    {\usebibmacro{shortmaintitle}}
+    {\ifboolexpr{
+       test {\iffieldundef{maintitle}}
+       and
+       test {\iffieldundef{mainsubtitle}}
+     }
+       {}
+       {\printtext[maintitle]{%
+          \printfield[titlecase]{maintitle}%
+          \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+          \printfield[titlecase]{mainsubtitle}}%
+        \newunit}%
+     \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{booktitle+maintitle}{%
+  \iffieldundef{booktitle}
+    {\iffieldundef{maintitle}
+      {}
+      {\usebibmacro{maintitle}%
+       \clearfield{maintitle}%
+       \clearfield{mainsubtitle}%
+       \clearfield{maintitleaddon}
+       \newunit}}
+    {\usebibmacro{booktitle}%
+     \clearfield{booktitle}%
+     \clearfield{booksubtitle}%
+     \clearfield{bootitleaddon}%
+     \newunit}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{shortbooktitle+shortmaintitle}{%
+  \iffieldundef{booktitle}
+    {\iffieldundef{maintitle}
+      {}
+      {\usebibmacro{shortmaintitle}
+       \newunit}}
+    {\usebibmacro{shortbooktitle}%
+     \newunit}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{revdshorttitle}{%
+  \iffieldundef{revdshorttitle}
+     {\iffieldundef{revdtitle}
+        {}
+        {\printtext[bibhyperlink]{%
+           \printtext[revdtitle]{\printfield[titlecase]{revdtitle}}}}}
+     {\printtext[bibhyperlink]{%
+        \printtext[revdtitle]{\printfield[titlecase]{revdshorttitle}}}}%
+   \newunit}
+
+\newbibmacro*{revdtitle}{%
+  \ifciteseen
+    {\usebibmacro{revdshorttitle}}
+    {\ifboolexpr{
+       test {\iffieldundef{revdtitle}}
+       and
+       test {\iffieldundef{revdsubtitle}}
+     }
+       {}
+       {\printtext[revdtitle]{%
+          \printfield[titlecase]{revdtitle}%
+          \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+          \printfield[titlecase]{revdsubtitle}}%
+        \newunit}%
+     \printfield{revdtitleaddon}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{xrefshortbooktitle+xrefshortmaintitle}{%
+  \iffieldundef{xref}
+    {\usebibmacro{shortbooktitle+shortmaintitle}}
+    {\entrydata{\thefield{xref}}{%
+       \iffieldundef{shorttitle}
+         {\usebibmacro{shorttitle}}
+         {\printtext[shorttitle]{%
+            \bibhyperlink{\strfield{shorthand}}{\thefield{shorttitle}}}}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{xrefshortmaintitle}{%
+  \iffieldundef{xref}
+    {\usebibmacro{shortmaintitle}}
+    {\entrydata{\thefield{xref}}{%
+       \iffieldundef{shorttitle}
+         {\usebibmacro{shorttitle}}
+         {\printtext[shorttitle]{%
+            \bibhyperlink{\strfield{shorthand}}{\thefield{shorttitle}}}}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{shortjournal}{%
+  \iffieldundef{shortjournal}
+    {\printfield{journaltitle}}
+    {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+       \bibhyperlink{\strfield{shortjournal}}{\thefield{shortjournal}}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{shortjournal+issuetitle}{%
+  \usebibmacro{shortjournal}%
+  \iffieldundef{series}
+    {}
+    {\newunit
+     \printfield{series}}%
+  \usebibmacro{volume+number+eid}%
+  \usebibmacro{issue+date}%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+    test {
+      \ifboolexpr{
+        not test {\iffieldundef{journaltitle}}
+        and
+        not test {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}}}}
+    and
+    test {\iffieldundef{volume}}
+    and
+    test {\iffieldundef{date}}
+  }
+    {\usebibmacro{setpagesdelim}}
+    {}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{issue+date}{%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+    test {\iffieldundef{year}}
+    and
+    test {\iffieldundef{issue}}
+    and
+    test {\iffieldundef{date}}
+    and
+    test {\iffieldundef{month}}
+    and
+    test {\iffieldundef{day}}
+  }
+    {}
+    {\iffieldundef{volume}
+      {\setunit{\addcomma\space}%
+        \iffieldundef{issue}
+          {\usebibmacro{date}}
+          {\printfield{issue}%
+           \setunit*{\addspace}%
+           \usebibmacro{date}}
+        \setunit{\addcomma\space}}
+       {\setunit{\addspace}%
+        \printtext[parens]{%
+          \iffieldundef{issue}
+            {\usebibmacro{date}}
+            {\printfield{issue}%
+             \setunit*{\addspace}%
+             \usebibmacro{date}}}%
+        \setunit{\addcolon\space}}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{volume+number+eid}{%
+  \setunit*{\addspace}%
+  \printfield{volume}%
+  \setunit*{\addperiod}%
+  \printfield{number}%
+  \setunit{\addcomma\space}%
+  \printfield{eid}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{volume+part}{%
+  \iffieldundef{volume}
+    {}
+    {\iffieldundef{part}
+       {\usebibmacro{volumeof}}
+       {\printfield[vol]{volume}%
+        \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+        \iffieldundef{maintitle}
+          {\printfield[pt]{part}%
+           \newunit}
+          {\printfield[partof]{part}
+           \setunit{\addspace}}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{involume+part}{%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+    test {\iffieldundef{booktitle}}
+    and
+    not test {\iffieldundef{volume}}
+    and
+    test {\iffieldundef{pages}}
+  }
+    {\bibstring{in}%
+     \setunit{\space}}
+    {}%
+  \usebibmacro{volume+part}}
+
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+% NAME MACROS
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\newbibmacro*{withname}[1]{%
+  \ifnameundef{with#1}
+    {}
+    {\setunit{\addcomma\space}%
+     \iffieldundef{with#1type}
+       {\bibstring{with}}
+       {\ifbibxstring{with\thefield{with#1type}}
+          {\bibstring{with\thefield{with#1type}}}
+          {\ifbibxstring{\thefield{with#1type}}
+             {\bibstring{\thefield{with#1type}}}
+             {\printtext[with#1type]{\thefield{with#1type}}}}}%
+     \setunit{\space}%
+     \printnames{with#1}%
+     \clearname{with#1}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{bytypestrg}[2]{%
+  \iffieldundef{#1type}
+    {\bibstring{by#2}}
+    {\ifbibxstring{by\thefield{#1type}}
+       {\bibstring{by\thefield{#1type}}}
+       {\ifbibxstring{\thefield{#1type}}
+          {\bibstring{\thefield{#1type}}}
+          {\printtext[editortype]{\thefield{#1type}}}}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{editorstrg}{%
+  \printtext[editortype]{%
+    \iffieldundef{editortype}
+      {\ifboolexpr{
+         test {\ifnumgreater{\value{editor}}{1}}
+         or
+         test {\ifandothers{editor}}
+       }
+         {\bibsstring{editors}}
+         {\bibsstring{editor}}}
+      {\ifbibxstring{\thefield{editortype}}
+         {\ifboolexpr{
+            test {\ifnumgreater{\value{editor}}{1}}
+            or
+            test {\ifandothers{editor}}
+          }
+            {\bibstring{\thefield{editortype}s}}
+            {\bibstring{\thefield{editortype}}}}
+         {\thefield{editortype}}}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{editor+othersstrg}{%
+  \iffieldundef{editortype}
+    {\ifboolexpr{
+       test {\ifnumgreater{\value{editor}}{1}}
+       or
+       test {\ifandothers{editor}}
+     }
+       {\def\abx@tempa{editors}}
+       {\def\abx@tempa{editor}}}
+    {\ifboolexpr{
+       test {\ifnumgreater{\value{editor}}{1}}
+       or
+       test {\ifandothers{editor}}
+     }
+       {\edef\abx@tempa{\thefield{editortype}s}}
+       {\edef\abx@tempa{\thefield{editortype}}}}%
+  \let\abx@tempb=\empty
+  \ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}
+    {\appto\abx@tempa{tr}%
+     \appto\abx@tempb{\clearname{translator}}}
+    {}%
+  \ifnamesequal{editor}{commentator}
+    {\appto\abx@tempa{co}%
+     \appto\abx@tempb{\clearname{commentator}}}
+    {\ifnamesequal{editor}{annotator}
+       {\appto\abx@tempa{an}%
+        \appto\abx@tempb{\clearname{annotator}}}
+       {}}%
+  \ifnamesequal{editor}{introduction}
+    {\appto\abx@tempa{in}%
+     \appto\abx@tempb{\clearname{introduction}}}
+    {\ifnamesequal{editor}{foreword}
+       {\appto\abx@tempa{fo}%
+        \appto\abx@tempb{\clearname{foreword}}}
+       {\ifnamesequal{editor}{afterword}
+          {\appto\abx@tempa{af}%
+           \appto\abx@tempb{\clearname{afterword}}}
+          {}}}%
+  \ifbibxstring{\abx@tempa}
+    {\printtext[editortype]{\bibsstring{\abx@tempa}}\abx@tempb}
+    {\usebibmacro{editorstrg}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{translatorstrg}{%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+    test {\ifnumgreater{\value{translator}}{1}}
+    or
+    test {\ifandothers{translator}}
+  }
+    {\bibsstring{translators}}
+    {\bibsstring{translator}}}
+    
+\renewbibmacro*{translator+othersstrg}{%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+    test {\ifnumgreater{\value{translator}}{1}}
+    or
+    test {\ifandothers{translator}}
+  }
+    {\def\abx@tempa{translators}}
+    {\def\abx@tempa{translator}}%
+  \ifnamesequal{translator}{commentator}
+    {\appto\abx@tempa{co}%
+     \clearname{commentator}}
+    {\ifnamesequal{translator}{annotator}
+       {\appto\abx@tempa{an}%
+        \clearname{annotator}}
+       {}}%
+  \ifnamesequal{translator}{introduction}
+    {\appto\abx@tempa{in}%
+     \clearname{introduction}}
+    {\ifnamesequal{translator}{foreword}
+       {\appto\abx@tempa{fo}%
+        \clearname{foreword}}
+       {\ifnamesequal{translator}{afterword}
+          {\appto\abx@tempa{af}%
+           \clearname{afterword}}
+          {}}}%
+  \bibsstring{\abx@tempa}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{author}{%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+    test \ifuseauthor
+    and
+    not test {\ifnameundef{author}}
+  }
+    {\ifciteseen{%
+       \usebibmacro{ifidemused}
+         {}
+         {\printnames[labelname]{author}}%
+     }{%
+       \iffieldundef{authortype}
+         {\renewcommand*{\namedashpunct}{\adddot\space}}
+         {\renewcommand*{\namedashpunct}{\addcomma\space}}%
+       \usebibmacro{dashcheck}
+         {\bibnamedash}
+         {\usebibmacro{ifidemused}
+            {}
+            {\printnames{author}%
+             \usebibmacro{savehash}}}%
+       \iffieldundef{authortype}
+         {}
+         {\setunit{\addcomma\space}%
+          \usebibmacro{authorstrg}}%
+       \usebibmacro{withname}{author}}}
+    {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{bybookauthor}{%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+    test {\ifnameundef{bookauthor}}
+    or
+    test {\ifnamesequal{author}{bookauthor}}
+  }
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{bytypestrg}{author}{author}%
+     \setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printnames[byauthor]{bookauthor}%
+     \usebibmacro{withname}{author}}%
+}
+     
+\renewbibmacro*{editor+others}{%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+    test \ifuseeditor
+    and
+    not test {\ifnameundef{editor}}
+  }
+    {\ifciteseen{%
+       \usebibmacro{ifidemused}
+         {}
+         {\printnames[labelname]{editor}}%
+     }{%
+       \renewcommand*{\namedashpunct}{\addcomma\space}%
+       \usebibmacro{dashcheck}
+         {\bibnamedash}
+         {\usebibmacro{ifidemused}
+            {}
+            {\printnames{editor}%
+             \usebibmacro{savehash}}}%
+       \setunit{\addcomma\space}%
+       \usebibmacro{editor+othersstrg}%
+       \usebibmacro{withname}{editor}%
+     }%
+     \clearname{editor}}
+    {}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{translator+others}{%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+    test \ifusetranslator
+    and
+    not test {\ifnameundef{translator}}
+  }
+    {\ifciteseen{%
+       \usebibmacro{ifidemused}
+         {}
+         {\printnames[labelname]{translator}}%
+     }{%
+       \renewcommand{\namedashpunct}{\addcomma\space}%
+       \usebibmacro{dashcheck}
+         {\bibnamedash}
+         {\usebibmacro{ifidemused}
+            {}
+            {\printnames{translator}%
+             \usebibmacro{savehash}}}%
+       \setunit{\addcomma\space}%
+       \usebibmacro{translator+othersstrg}%
+       \usebibmacro{withname}{translator}%
+     }%
+     \clearname{translator}}
+    {}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{byeditor}{%
+  \ifnameundef{editor}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{bytypestrg}{editor}{editor}%
+     \setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printnames[byeditor]{editor}%
+     \usebibmacro{withname}{editor}%
+     \newunit}%
+  \usebibmacro{byeditorx}}
+  
+\renewbibmacro*{byeditor+others}{%
+  \ifnameundef{editor}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{byeditor+othersstrg}%
+     \setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printnames[byeditor]{editor}%
+     \clearname{editor}%
+     \usebibmacro{withname}{editor}%
+     \newunit}%
+  \usebibmacro{byeditorx}%
+  \usebibmacro{bytranslator+others}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{bytranslator}{%
+  \ifnameundef{translator}
+    {}
+    {\bibstring{bytranslator}%
+     \setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}%
+     \usebibmacro{withname}{translator}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{bytranslator+others}{%
+  \ifnameundef{translator}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{bytranslator+othersstrg}%
+     \setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}%
+     \clearname{translator}%
+     \usebibmacro{withname}{translator}%
+     \newunit}%
+  \usebibmacro{withothers}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{bybookeditor+others}{%
+  \ifnameundef{editor}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{byeditor+othersstrg}%
+     \setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printnames[byeditor]{editor}%
+     \clearname{editor}%
+     \usebibmacro{withname}{editor}%
+     \newunit}%
+  \ifnameundef{bookeditor}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{byeditor+othersstrg}%
+     \setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printnames[byeditor]{bookeditor}%
+     \clearname{bookeditor}%
+     \usebibmacro{withname}{bookeditor}%
+     \newunit}%
+  \usebibmacro{byeditorx}%
+  \usebibmacro{bybooktranslator+others}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{bymaineditor+others}{%
+  \ifnameundef{editor}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{byeditor+othersstrg}%
+     \setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printnames[byeditor]{editor}%
+     \clearname{editor}%
+     \usebibmacro{withname}{editor}%
+     \newunit}%
+  \ifnameundef{maineditor}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{byeditor+othersstrg}%
+     \setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printnames[byeditor]{maineditor}%
+     \clearname{maineditor}%
+     \usebibmacro{withname}{maineditor}%
+     \newunit}%
+  \usebibmacro{byeditorx}%
+  \usebibmacro{bymaintranslator+others}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{bybooktranslator+others}{%
+  \ifnameundef{translator}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{bytranslator+othersstrg}%
+     \setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}%
+     \clearname{translator}%
+     \usebibmacro{withname}{translator}%
+     \newunit}%
+  \ifnameundef{booktranslator}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{bytranslator+othersstrg}%
+     \setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printnames[bytranslator]{booktranslator}%
+     \clearname{booktranslator}%
+     \usebibmacro{withname}{booktranslator}%
+     \newunit}%
+  \usebibmacro{withothers}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{bymaintranslator+others}{%
+  \ifnameundef{translator}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{bytranslator+othersstrg}%
+     \setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}%
+     \clearname{translator}%
+     \usebibmacro{withname}{translator}%
+     \newunit}%
+  \ifnameundef{maintranslator}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{bytranslator+othersstrg}%
+     \setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printnames[bytranslator]{maintranslator}%
+     \clearname{maintranslator}%
+     \usebibmacro{withname}{maintranslator}%
+     \newunit}%
+  \usebibmacro{withothers}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{revdauthor}{%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+    test \ifuseauthor
+    and
+    not test {\ifnameundef{revdauthor}}
+  }
+    {\bibstring{byauthor}%
+     \setunit{\addspace}%
+     \ifciteseen{%
+       \printnames[labelname]{revdauthor}%
+     }{%
+       \printnames{revdauthor}%
+       \iffieldundef{authortype}
+         {}
+         {\setunit{\addcomma\space}%
+          \usebibmacro{authorstrg}}}}
+    {}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{revdeditor}{%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+    test \ifuseeditor
+    and
+    not test {\ifnameundef{revdeditor}}
+  }
+    {\bibsstring{byeditor}%
+     \setunit{\addspace}%
+     \ifciteseen{%
+       \printnames[labelname]{revdeditor}%
+     }{%
+       \printnames{revdeditor}%
+     }%
+     \clearname{revdeditor}}
+    {}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{revdauthor/revdeditor}{%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+    test \ifuseauthor
+    and
+    not test {\ifnameundef{revdauthor}}
+  }
+    {\usebibmacro{revdauthor}}
+    {\usebibmacro{revdeditor}}}
+
+
+\newbibmacro*{revdauthor/revdeditor+revdtitle}{%
+  \biblstring{reviewof}%
+  \setunit{\addspace}%
+  \usebibmacro{revdauthor/revdeditor}%
+  \ifciteseen
+    {}
+    {\setunit{\addcomma\space}%
+     \usebibmacro{revdtitle}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{shortseries}{%
+  \iffieldundef{shortseries}
+    {\printfield{series}}
+    {\printtext[shortseries]{%
+       \bibhyperlink{\strfield{shortseries}}{\thefield{shortseries}}}}%
+}
+
+\newbibmacro*{shortseries+number}{%
+  \usebibmacro{shortseries}%
+  \setunit{\addspace}%
+  \iffieldundef{seriesseries}
+    {}
+    {\printfield{seriesseries}%
+     \printtext{/}}%
+  \printfield{number}%
+  \newunit}
+
+\newbibmacro*{eventtitle}{%
+  \iffieldundef{eventtitle}
+    {}
+    {\ifbibliography
+       {}
+       {\midsentence}%
+     \bibstring{paperpresented}%
+     \setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printfield{eventtitle}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{venue+eventdate}{%
+  \iffieldundef{venue}
+    {\printlist{location}}
+    {\printfield{venue}}%
+  \setunit{\addcomma\space}%
+  \iffieldundef{eventyear}
+    {\printdate}
+    {\printeventdate}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{parens+publisher+location+date}{%
+  \setunit{\space}%
+  \printtext[parens]{%
+    \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}%
+    \iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reprint}
+      {\renewcommand*{\newunitpunct}{\addsemicolon\space}%
+       \newunit
+       \usebibmacro{related:init}%
+       \usebibmacro{related}%
+       \global\toggletrue{relatedseen}}
+      {}}}
+
+\newcounter{currentpublisher}
+\newcounter{currentlocation}
+\newcounter{publishertotal}
+\newcounter{locationtotal}
+
+\DeclareListFormat{publisher}{%
+  \setcounter{publishertotal}{\value{listtotal}}%
+  \usebibmacro{list:delim}{#1}%
+  #1\isdot
+  \ifnumequal{\value{currentpublisher}}{\value{listtotal}}
+    {\setcounter{currentpublisher}{0}}
+    {\addtocounter{currentpublisher}{1}}}
+
+\DeclareListFormat{location}{%
+  \setcounter{locationtotal}{\value{listtotal}}%
+  \usebibmacro{list:delim}{#1}%
+  #1\isdot
+  \ifnumequal{\value{currentlocation}}{\value{listtotal}}
+    {\setcounter{currentlocation}{0}}
+    {\addtocounter{currentlocation}{1}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{loop:location+publisher}{%
+  \ifnumequal{\value{currentlocation}}{0}
+    {}
+    {\printlist[][\value{currentlocation}-\value{currentlocation}]{location}%
+     \setunit*{\addcolon\space}}%
+  \ifnumequal{\value{currentpublisher}}{0}
+    {}
+    {\printlist[][\value{currentpublisher}-\value{currentpublisher}]{publisher}}%
+  \setunit*{\addsemicolon\space}%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+    test {\ifnumgreater{\value{locationtotal}}{1}}
+    and
+    test {\ifnumgreater{\value{currentlocation}}{\value{publishertotal}}}
+  }
+    {\setcounter{currentlocation}{0}}
+    {}%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+    test {\ifnumgreater{\value{currentpublisher}}{0}}
+    or
+    test {\ifnumgreater{\value{currentlocation}}{0}}
+  }
+    {\usebibmacro{loop:location+publisher}}
+    {}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{init:location+publisher}{%
+  \iflistundef{location}
+    {\setcounter{currentlocation}{0}}
+    {\setcounter{currentlocation}{1}}%
+  \iflistundef{publisher}
+    {\setcounter{currentpublisher}{0}}
+    {\setcounter{currentpublisher}{1}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{publisher+location+date}{%
+  \usebibmacro{reprint}%
+  \usebibmacro{init:location+publisher}%
+  \usebibmacro{loop:location+publisher}%
+  \setunit{\addcomma\space}%
+  \usebibmacro{date}%
+  \newunit}
+
+\newbibmacro*{origpublisher+location+date}{%
+  \printlist{origlocation}%
+  \iflistundef{origpublisher}
+    {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}
+    {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}%
+  \printlist{origpublisher}%
+  \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
+  \usebibmacro{origdate}%
+  \newunit}
+
+\newbibmacro*{volume}{%
+  \iffieldundef{volume}
+    {}
+    {\setunit{\addspace}%
+     \global\booltrue{usevolpostnotedelim}%
+     \printfield{volume}%
+     \newunit}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{volumeof}{%
+  \iffieldundef{volume}
+    {}
+    {\iffieldundef{part}
+      {\iffieldundef{maintitle}
+        {\ifboolexpr{
+           test {\iftoggle{blx@usevolume}}
+           or
+           test {\ifbibliography}
+         }
+           {\printfield[vol]{volume}%
+            \newunit}
+           {}}
+        {\printfield[volumeof]{volume}%
+         \setunit{\addspace}}}
+      {}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{volume+pages}{%
+  \iffieldundef{volume}
+    {}
+    {\setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printfield{volume}%
+     \setunit{\volpostnotedelim}}
+  \usebibmacro{pages}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{volume+part+pages}{%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+    test {\iffieldundef{volume}}
+    or
+    test {\iffieldundef{part}}
+  }
+    {}
+    {\printfield{volume}%
+     \setunit{\addperiod}%
+     \printfield{part}%
+     \setunit{\volpostnotedelim}}
+  \usebibmacro{pages}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{volume+part+nomaintitle}{%
+  \iffieldundef{volume}
+    {}
+    {\iftoggle{blx@usevolume}
+       {}
+       {\printfield{volume}%
+        \setunit{\addperiod}%
+        \printfield{part}%
+        \global\booltrue{usevolpostnotedelim}}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{url+urldate}{%
+  \iffieldundef{urlyear}
+    {}
+    {\printurldate}%
+  \newunit
+  \printfield{url}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{ebookedition}{%
+  \iffieldundef{ebookedition}
+    {}
+    {\printfield{ebookedition}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{reprint}{%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+    not test {\iffieldundef{origpublisher}}
+    or
+    not test {\iffieldundef{origlocation}}
+    or
+    not test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}
+  }
+    {\usebibmacro{origpublisher+location+date}%
+     \ifbibliography
+       {\setunit{\addperiod\space}}
+       {\setunit{\addsemicolon\space}}%
+     \bibstring{reprint}%
+     \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}
+    {}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{date}{%
+  \printdate
+  \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+  \printfield{pubstate}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{origdate}{\printorigdate}
+
+\newbibmacro*{releasedate}{\printreleasedate}
+
+
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+% RELATED MACROS
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\csundef{abx@ffd@*@related:multivolume}
+\csundef{abx@ffd@*@related:origpubin}
+\csundef{abx@ffd@*@related:origpubas}
+\csundef{abx@ffd@*@relatedstring:reprintfrom}
+\csundef{abx@macro@related:multivolume}
+\csundef{abx@macro@related:bytranslator}
+\csundef{abx@macro@related:origpubas}
+\csundef{abx@macro@related:origpubin}
+\csundef{abx@macro@related:reprintfrom}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{begrelated}{%
+  \global\booltrue{bbx@inset}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{endrelated}{%
+  \global\boolfalse{bbx@inset}%
+  \usebibmacro*{savehash}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{related:default}[1]{%
+  \entrydata*{#1}{%
+    \usedriver
+      {\ifnameundef{savedauthor}
+         {\ifnameundef{savededitor}
+            {}
+            {\ifnamesequal{editor}{savededitor}
+               {\clearname{editor}}
+               {}}}
+         {\ifnamesequal{author}{savedauthor}
+            {\clearname{author}}
+            {}}%
+       \renewbibmacro*{related:init}{%
+         \ifnameundef{savedauthor}
+           {}
+           {\restorename{author}{\abx@name@savedauthor}}%
+         \ifnameundef{savededitor}
+           {}
+           {\restorename{editor}{\abx@namesavededitor}}}%
+       \DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}}%
+      {\ifbibliography
+         {\thefield{entrytype}}
+         {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}%
+    \setunit{\relateddelim}%
+    \usebibmacro{related}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{related:reprint}[1]{%
+  \entrydata*{#1}{%
+    \usedriver
+      {\renewbibmacro*{related:init}{}%
+       \ifbibliography
+         {\renewbibmacro*{parens+publisher+location+date}{%
+            \newunit
+            \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}}}
+         {}}
+      {\ifbibliography
+         {\thefield{entrytype}}
+         {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{related:ancienttext}[1]{%
+  \global\togglefalse{blx@testpostnotedelim}%
+  \togglefalse{blx@citeindex}%
+  \ifciteseen{\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}{}%
+  \entrydata*{#1}{%
+    \usebibmacro{ifuseshorthand}
+      {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}%
+       \usebibmacro{volume}%
+       \setunit{\addperiod}%
+       \printfield{part}%
+       \global\toggletrue{blx@testpostnotedelim}}
+      {\usedriver{}{cite:\thefield{entrytype}}%
+       \ifboolexpr{
+         test {\ifciteseen}
+         and
+         not togl {blx@useshorttitle}
+       }
+         {\global\toggletrue{blx@testpostnotedelim}}
+         {}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{ifuseshorthand}{%
+  \iffieldundef{shorthand}
+    {\@secondoftwo}
+    {\ifcsstring{blx@shorthand}{false}
+       {\@secondoftwo}
+       {\ifciteseen
+          {\@firstoftwo}
+          {\ifcsstring{blx@shorthand}{short}
+             {\@secondoftwo}
+             {\@firstoftwo}}}}}
+
+
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+% ANCIENT AND CLASSIC TEXT MACROS
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\newtoggle{blx@testpostnotedelim}
+
+\newbibmacro*{volume+part+postnote}{%
+  \usebibmacro{volume}%
+  \iffieldundef{part}
+    {}
+    {\setunit{\addperiod}%
+     \printfield{part}}%
+  \iftoggle{blx@testpostnotedelim}{\usebibmacro{setpostnotedelim}}{}%
+  \ifbool{usevolpostnotedelim}
+    {\setunit{\volpostnotedelim}}
+    {\setunit{\postnotedelim}}%
+  \usebibmacro{postnote}%
+  \global\booltrue{suppresspostnote}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{classic:translator+series}{%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+    not test {\ifnameundef{translator}}
+    or
+    not test {\iffieldundef{series}}
+  }
+    {\setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printtext[parens]{%
+       \printnames[labelname]{translator}%
+       \newunit
+       \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}}}
+    {}}
+
+
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+% ALTERNATE POSTNOTE MACROS
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__xparse_split_argument:nnn { nno }
+\cs_new_eq:NN \eSplitArgument  \__xparse_split_argument:nno
+\DeclareDocumentCommand \splitpostnote
+{ > { \eSplitArgument { 1 } { | } } m }
+{ \savepostnotes #1 }
+\DeclareDocumentCommand{\savepostnotes}{mm}{%
+  \IfNoValueTF{#2}
+    {\gdef\postnotelast{#1}}
+    {\tl_if_empty:nF {#1}
+       {\gdef\postnotefirst{#1}}%
+     \tl_if_empty:nF {#2}
+       {\gdef\postnotelast{#2}}}}
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+
+\def\setuppostnotes{%
+  \global\undef\postnotefirst
+  \global\undef\postnotelast
+  \splitpostnote{\abx@field@postnote}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{prenote}{%
+  \iffieldundef{postnote}
+    {}
+    {\setuppostnotes
+     \restorefield{postnote}{\postnotelast}%
+     \restorefield{altpostnote}{\postnotefirst}}%
+  \iffieldundef{prenote}
+    {}
+    {\printfield{prenote}%
+     \setunit{\prenotedelim}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{altpostnote}{\mkcomprange{#1}}
+
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+% BIBLIOGRAPHY REPEATED AUTHOR MACROS
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\newbool{bbx@inset}
+
+\renewcommand*{\bibnamedash}{%
+  \leavevmode\raise 0.6ex\hbox to 3em{\hrulefill}\namedashpunct}
+
+\newbibmacro*{bbx:dashcheck}[2]{%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+    test {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}
+    and
+    not test \iffirstonpage
+    and
+    (
+       not bool {bbx@inset}
+       or
+       test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysetcount}{1}}
+    )
+  }
+    {#1}
+    {#2}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cbx:dashcheck}[2]{#2}
+
+\newbibmacro*{dashcheck}[2]{%
+  \usebibmacro{cbx:dashcheck}{#1}{#2}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{savehash}{}
+
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+% ENTRY SET MACROS
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\def\cbx@entryset#1{%
+  \blx@ifdata{#1}
+    {\begingroup
+     \blx@imc@clearlist{pageref}%
+     \blx@getdata{#1}%
+     \blx@setoptions@type\abx@field@entrytype
+     \def\abx@field@entrysetcount{1}%
+     \blx@entryset@precode
+     \blx@driver{cite:\blx@imc@thefield{entrytype}}%
+     \blx@entryset@postcode
+     \endgroup}
+    {}%
+  \let\do\cbx@entryset@i}
+
+\def\cbx@entryset@i#1{%
+  \blx@ifdata{#1}
+    {\begingroup
+     \blx@resetdata
+     \blx@getdata{#1}%
+     \blx@entrysetcount
+     \blx@setoptions@type\abx@field@entrytype
+     \blx@setoptions@entry
+     \addtocounter{instcount}\@ne
+     \blx@execute
+     \blx@beglangbib
+     \blx@begunit
+     \blx@entryset@precode
+     \blx@driver{cite:\blx@imc@thefield{entrytype}}
+     \blx@entryset@postcode
+     \blx@endunit
+     \blx@endlangbib
+     \endgroup}
+    {\blx@nounit}}
+
+\def\bbx@entryset#1{%
+  \blx@ifdata{#1}
+    {\begingroup
+     \blx@imc@clearlist{pageref}%
+     \blx@getdata{#1}%
+     \blx@setoptions@type\abx@field@entrytype
+     \def\abx@field@entrysetcount{1}%
+     \blx@entryset@precode
+     \blx@driver{\blx@imc@thefield{entrytype}}%
+     \blx@entryset@postcode
+     \endgroup}
+    {}%
+  \let\do\bbx@entryset@i}
+
+\def\bbx@entryset@i#1{%
+  \blx@ifdata{#1}
+    {\begingroup
+     \blx@resetdata
+     \blx@getdata{#1}%
+     \blx@entrysetcount
+     \blx@setoptions@type\abx@field@entrytype
+     \blx@setoptions@entry
+     \addtocounter{instcount}\@ne
+     \blx@execute
+     \blx@beglangbib
+     \blx@begunit
+     \blx@entryset@precode
+     \blx@driver{\blx@imc@thefield{entrytype}}
+     \blx@entryset@postcode
+     \blx@endunit
+     \blx@endlangbib
+     \endgroup}
+    {\blx@nounit}}
+
+
+\def\blx@entryset#1{\cbx@entryset{#1}}
+\def\blx@entryset@i#1{\cbx@entryset@i{#1}}
+
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+% INDEXING MACROS
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\renewbibmacro*{bibindex}{%
+  \ifbibindex
+    {\indexnames{labelname}}
+    {}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{citeindex}{%
+  \ifciteindex
+    {\indexnames{labelname}}
+    {}}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-american.lbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-american.lbx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ed119ba987f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-american.lbx
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+\ProvidesFile{sbl-american.lbx}[\sbl@abx@lbxid]
+
+\InheritBibliographyStrings{sbl-english}
+
+\InheritBibliographyExtras{american}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+  \DeclarePunctuationPairs{colon}{*}%
+  \uspunctuation
+  \protected\def\mkbibdatelong#1#2#3{%
+    \iffieldundef{#3}
+      {}
+      {\stripzeros{\thefield{#3}}%
+       \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\nobreakspace}}%
+    \iffieldundef{#2}
+      {}
+      {\mkbibmonth{\thefield{#2}}%
+       \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\space}}%
+    \iffieldbibstring{#1}{\bibstring{\thefield{#1}}}{\stripzeros{\thefield{#1}}}}%
+}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-british.lbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-british.lbx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..73f8b0f6287
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-british.lbx
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+\ProvidesFile{sbl-british.lbx}[\sbl@abx@lbxid]
+
+\InheritBibliographyStrings{sbl-english}
+
+\InheritBibliographyExtras{british}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+  \DeclarePunctuationPairs{colon}{*}%
+}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-english.lbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-english.lbx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a0b8d672543
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-english.lbx
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+\ProvidesFile{sbl-english.lbx}[\sbl@abx@lbxid]
+
+\DeclareBibliographyStrings{%
+  inherit          = {english},
+  to               = {{to}{to}},
+  of               = {{of}{of}},
+  with             = {{with}{with}},
+  byeditor         = {{edited by}{ed\adddot}},
+  bytranslator     = {{translated \lbx@lfromlang\isdot\space by}{trans\adddot}},
+  withpreface      = {{with preface by}{with preface by}},
+  introduction     = {{introduction}{introduction}},
+  foreword         = {{foreword}{foreword}},
+  reprint          = {{repr\adddot}{repr\adddot}},
+  paperpresented   = {{paper presented at}{paper presented at}},
+  phdthesis        = {{PhD diss\adddot}{PhD diss\adddot}},
+  released         = {{released}{released}},
+  withassistance   = {{with assistance from}{with assistance from}},
+  byeditortr       = {{translated \lbx@lfromlang\isdot\space and edited by}%
+                      {trans\adddotspace \lbx@sfromlang\isdot\space and ed\adddot}},
+  byeditorco       = {{commented and edited by}%
+                      {comm\adddotspace and ed\adddot}},
+  byeditoran       = {{annotated and edited by}%
+                      {annot\adddotspace and ed\adddot}}
+}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-german.lbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-german.lbx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6ef01191854
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-german.lbx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+\ProvidesFile{sbl-german.lbx}[\sbl@abx@lbxid]
+
+\DeclareBibliographyStrings{%
+  inherit          = {german},
+  to               = {{zu}{zu}},
+  of               = {{von}{von}},
+  with             = {{mit}{mit}},
+  byeditor         = {{herausgegeben von}{hg.\addotspace v\adddot}},
+  bytranslator     = {{übersetzt \lbx@lfromlang\ by}{übers\adddot}},
+  withpreface      = {{mit einem Geleitwort von}{mit einem Geleitwort von}},
+  introduction     = {{Einleitung}{Einleitung}},
+  foreword         = {{Vorwort}{Vorwort}},
+  reprint          = {{Ndr\adddot}{Ndr\adddot}},
+  paperpresented   = {{paper presented at}{paper presented at}},
+  phdthesis        = {{Diss\adddot}{Diss\adddot}},
+  released         = {{veröffentlicht}{veröffentlicht}},
+  withassistance   = {{mit Unterstützung von}{mit Unterstützung von}},
+  byeditortr       = {{übersetzt \lbx@lfromlang\isdot\space und herausgegeben von}%
+                      {übers\adddotspace \lbx@sfromlang\isdot\space und hg\adddotspace v\adddot}},
+  byeditorco       = {{kommentiert und herausgegeben von}%
+                      {komm\adddotspace und hg\adddotspace v\adddot}},
+  byeditoran       = {{kommentiert und herausgegeben von}%
+                      {komm\adddotspace und hg\adddotspace v\adddot}}
+}
+
+\InheritBibliographyExtras{german}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+  \DeclarePunctuationPairs{colon}{*}%
+}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..44a55ee7468
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,546 @@
+%Copyright 2015-2016 David Purton
+%
+%This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+%This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+%
+%The Current Maintainer of this work is David Purton.
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{sbl-paper}
+  [2016/10/11 Society of Bibilical Literature Paper Style]
+
+
+% Load required packages
+
+\RequirePackage{textcase}
+\RequirePackage{fontspec}
+\RequirePackage{ragged2e}
+\RequirePackage{polyglossia}
+\RequirePackage{csquotes}
+\RequirePackage[headheight=14.5pt,margin=1in]{geometry}
+\RequirePackage{setspace}
+\RequirePackage{titlesec}
+\RequirePackage{titletoc}
+\RequirePackage{quoting}
+\RequirePackage{fancyhdr}
+\RequirePackage[bottom]{footmisc}
+\RequirePackage{bibleref-parse}
+\RequirePackage[style=sbl,indexing=cite,backend=biber]{biblatex}
+\RequirePackage{imakeidx}
+\RequirePackage{hyperref}
+
+
+% work around bidi redefining theindex
+\let\imakeidxtheindex\theindex
+\let\imakeidxendtheindex\endtheindex
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \let\theindex\imakeidxtheindex
+  \let\endtheindex\imakeidxendtheindex
+}
+
+% patch index commands so contents is in all caps
+\patchcmd{\imki@putindexsplit}
+{\addcontentsline{toc}{\imki@toclevel}{\imki@title}}
+{\addcontentsline{toc}{\imki@toclevel}{\MakeTextUppercase{\imki@title}}}
+{}{}
+\patchcmd{\imki@putindexunique}
+{\addcontentsline{toc}{\imki@toclevel}{\imki@title}}
+{\addcontentsline{toc}{\imki@toclevel}{\MakeTextUppercase{\imki@title}}}
+{}{}
+\ifimki@splitindex
+  \let\imki@putindex\imki@putindexunique
+\else
+  \let\imki@putindex\imki@putindexsplit
+\fi
+
+
+% Set up Languages
+
+\setdefaultlanguage[variant=american]{english}
+\setotherlanguage[variant=ancient]{greek}
+\setotherlanguage{hebrew}
+
+\renewenvironment{hebrew}[1][]{%
+  \par
+  \raggedleft
+  \begin{otherlanguage}[#1]{hebrew}}%
+  {\end{otherlanguage}\par}
+
+\@Latintrue % work around for bidi bug; see http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/312874/polyglossia-or-bidi-bug-d-gets-inverted-to-d
+
+
+% Set up fonts
+
+\newfontfamily\greekfont
+  [Script=Greek,Contextuals=Alternate,Ligatures=Required]
+  {SBL BibLit}
+\newfontfamily\hebrewfont
+  [Script=Hebrew,Contextuals=Alternate,Ligatures=Required,Scale=1.2]
+  {SBL BibLit}
+
+
+% Set up document spacing
+
+\doublespacing
+\raggedright
+\raggedbottom
+\setlength{\parindent}{0.5in}
+\frenchspacing
+
+
+% Set up headers and footers
+
+\pagestyle{fancy}
+\fancyhf{}
+\fancyhead[R]{\thepage}
+\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}
+
+\renewcommand\footnoterule{\kern-3pt \hrule width 2in \kern 2.6pt\vskip -8pt}
+\renewcommand\footnotelayout{\raggedright}
+\setlength{\footnotemargin}{0.5in}
+\setlength{\footnotesep}{18pt}
+
+
+% set up quotations
+
+\quotingsetup{leftmargin=0.5in,rightmargin=0in,vskip=0pt}
+\renewcommand*{\quotingfont}{\singlespacing\vspace*{-5pt}}
+
+
+% Set up Bibliography
+
+\renewcommand*{\bibsetup}{\vspace*{7pt}}
+
+\setlength{\bibitemsep}{14.5pt}
+
+\DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{%
+  shorthands = {List of Abbreviations}
+}
+
+\ifcase\abx@classtype\relax % article
+  \defbibheading{bibliography}[\bibname]{%
+    \clearpage
+    \thispagestyle{plain}%
+    \firstsection*{#1}%
+    \markboth{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}}
+  \defbibheading{biblist}[\biblistname]{%
+    \clearpage
+    \thispagestyle{plain}%
+    \firstsection*{#1}%
+    \markboth{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}}
+  \defbibheading{bibintoc}[\bibname]{%
+    \clearpage
+    \thispagestyle{plain}%
+    \phantomsection
+    \firstsection*{#1}%
+    \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}%
+    \markboth{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}}
+  \defbibheading{biblistintoc}[\biblistname]{%
+    \clearpage
+    \thispagestyle{plain}%
+    \phantomsection
+    \section*{#1}%
+    \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}%
+    \markboth{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}}
+
+\or % book/report
+  \defbibheading{bibliography}[\bibname]{%
+    \clearpage
+    \thispagestyle{plain}%
+    \chapter*{#1}%
+    \markboth{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}}
+  \defbibheading{biblist}[\biblistname]{%
+    \clearpage
+    \thispagestyle{plain}%
+    \firstsection*{#1}%
+    \markboth{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}}
+  \defbibheading{bibintoc}[\bibname]{%
+    \clearpage
+    \thispagestyle{plain}%
+    \phantomsection
+    \chapter*{#1}%
+    \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}%
+    \markboth{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}}
+  \defbibheading{biblistintoc}[\biblistname]{%
+    \clearpage
+    \thispagestyle{plain}%
+    \phantomsection
+    \section*{#1}%
+    \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}%
+    \markboth{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}}
+
+\fi
+
+
+% Set up section headings and table of contents
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0}
+\titleformat
+  {\chapter}
+  [block]
+  {\singlespacing\centering}
+  {\MakeTextUppercase{\chaptertitlename} \thechapter:}
+  {.5em}
+  {\MakeTextUppercase}
+\titleformat
+  {\section}
+  [block]
+  {\singlespacing\centering}
+  {\thesection}
+  {.5em}
+  {\MakeTextUppercase}
+\titleformat
+  {\subsection}
+  [block]
+  {\singlespacing\centering\bfseries}
+  {\thesubsection}
+  {.5em}
+  {}
+\titleformat
+  {\subsubsection}
+  [block]
+  {\singlespacing\centering}
+  {\thesubsubsection}
+  {.5em}
+  {}
+\titleformat
+  {\paragraph}
+  [hang]
+  {\singlespacing\raggedright\bfseries\itshape}
+  {\theparagraph}
+  {.5em}
+  {}
+\titleformat
+  {\subparagraph}
+  [hang]
+  {\singlespacing\raggedright}
+  {\thesubparagraph}
+  {.5em}
+  {}
+\titlespacing*{\chapter}{0pt}{38pt}{29pt}
+\titlespacing*{\section}{0pt}{38pt}{29pt}
+\titlespacing*{\subsection}{0pt}{38pt}{0pt}
+\titlespacing*{\subsubsection}{0pt}{38pt}{0pt}
+\titlespacing*{\paragraph}{0pt}{38pt}{0pt}
+\titlespacing*{\subparagraph}{0pt}{38pt}{0pt}
+\assignpagestyle{\chapter}{plain}
+\def\firstsection{%
+  \clearpage
+  \null
+  \thispagestyle{plain}
+  \section}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+\renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
+    \if@twocolumn
+      \@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+    \else
+      \@restonecolfalse
+    \fi
+    \section*{\contentsname
+        \@mkboth{%
+           \MakeTextUppercase\contentsname}{\MakeTextUppercase\contentsname}}%
+    \@starttoc{toc}%
+    \if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi
+    \thispagestyle{plain}
+    }
+\titlecontents{chapter}
+  [0pt]
+  {\singlespacing}
+  {\MakeTextUppercase{\chaptertitlename~\thecontentslabel}: }
+  {}
+  {\hspace{.5em}\titlerule*[.5pc]{.}\contentspage}
+\titlecontents{section}
+  [0pt]
+  {\singlespacing}
+  {\MakeTextUppercase{\chaptertitlename~\thecontentslabel}: }
+  {}
+  {\hspace{.5em}\titlerule*[.5pc]{.}\contentspage}
+\titlecontents{subsection}
+  [1em]
+  {\singlespacing}
+  {\thecontentslabel~}
+  {}
+  {\hfill\contentspage}
+\titlecontents{subsubsection}
+  [1em]
+  {\singlespacing}
+  {\thecontentslabel~}
+  {}
+  {\hfill\contentspage}
+
+\renewcommand\appendix{\par
+  \ifcase\abx@classtype\relax % article
+    \setcounter{section}{0}%
+    \setcounter{secnumdepth}{1}
+    \gdef\@chapapp{\appendixname}%
+    \titleformat
+      {\section}
+      [block]
+      {\singlespacing\centering}
+      {\MakeTextUppercase{\chaptertitlename} \thesection:}
+      {.5em}
+      {\MakeTextUppercase}
+    \titlecontents{section}
+      [0pt]
+      {\singlespacing}
+      {\MakeTextUppercase{\appendixname~\thecontentslabel}: }
+      {}
+      {\hspace{.5em}\titlerule*[.5pc]{.}\contentspage}
+
+  \or % book/report
+    \setcounter{chapter}{0}%
+    \setcounter{section}{0}%
+    \gdef\@chapapp{\appendixname}%
+    \titlecontents{chapter}
+      [0pt]
+      {\singlespacing}
+      {\MakeTextUppercase{\appendixname~\thecontentslabel}: }
+      {}
+      {\hspace{.5em}\titlerule*[.5pc]{.}\contentspage}
+
+  \fi}
+
+
+% make sure chapter and section commands uppercase with hyperref
+
+\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{%
+  \let\MakeTextUppercase\relax}
+
+\def\@chapter[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+  \if@mainmatter
+    \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+    \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+    \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+      {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}%
+  \else
+    \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}%
+  \fi
+  \else
+    \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}%
+  \fi
+  \chaptermark{#1}%
+  \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+  \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+  \if@twocolumn
+    \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+  \else
+    \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+    \@afterheading
+  \fi}
+
+\def\ttl@addcontentsline#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname l@#1\endcsname\l@section
+    \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+  \else
+    \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+  \fi
+  {%
+    \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifttl@toclabel\ttl@a\fi\MakeTextUppercase{#2}}%
+  }{%
+    \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifttl@toclabel\ttl@a\fi#2}%
+  }\nobreak}
+
+
+% Set up title page
+
+\renewcommand{\maketitle}{%
+  \hypersetup{pageanchor=false}%
+  \newgeometry{margin=2in}%
+  \thispagestyle{empty}%
+  \singlespacing
+  \begin{center}
+    \MakeTextUppercase{\@institution}
+
+    \vfill
+
+    \doublespacing
+    \MakeTextUppercase{\@title}
+
+    \vfill
+    
+    \singlespacing
+    \MakeTextUppercase{Submitted to \@professor \protect\\
+      in Partial Fulfilment of \protect\\\relax
+    \@course}
+
+    \vfill
+
+    \MakeTextUppercase{By \protect\\\relax
+      \@author \protect\\\relax
+    \@date}
+  \end{center}
+  \restoregeometry
+  \hypersetup{pageanchor=true}%
+}
+
+\def\author#1{\gdef\@author{#1}}
+\def\@author{[Your name]}
+\def\title#1{\gdef\@title{#1}}
+\def\@title{Title of Paper}
+\def\institution#1{\gdef\@institution{#1}}
+\def\@institution{[Name of Institution]}
+\def\professor#1{\gdef\@professor{#1}}
+\def\@professor{[Name of Professor]}
+\def\course#1{\gdef\@course{#1}}
+\def\@course{[Course Number and Title]}
+
+
+% Set up Bible references
+
+\braltabbrvname
+\renewcommand*{\BRperiod}{}
+\renewcommand*{\BRchsep}{;\space}
+\renewcommand*{\BRvsep}{,\space}
+
+\def\br@Ecclesiastes{Eccl\BRperiod}
+\def\br@SongofSongs{Song\BRperiod}
+
+\def\br@Titus{Titus}
+\def\br@Philemon{Phlm\BRperiod}
+
+\csdef{bri@Gen}{\BRbookof Genesis}
+\csdef{bri@Exod}{\BRbookof Exodus}
+\csdef{bri@Lev}{\BRbookof Levitcus}
+\csdef{bri@Num}{\BRbookof Numbers}
+\csdef{bri@Deut}{\BRbookof Deuteronomy}
+\csdef{bri@Josh}{\BRbookof Joshua}
+\csdef{bri@Judg}{\BRbookof Judges}
+\csdef{bri@Ruth}{\BRbookof Ruth}
+\csdef{bri@1Sam}{\BRbooknumberstyle{1}\BRbookof Samuel}
+\csdef{bri@2Sam}{\BRbooknumberstyle{2}\BRbookof Samuel}
+\csdef{bri@1Kgs}{\BRbooknumberstyle{1}\BRbookof Kings}
+\csdef{bri@2Kgs}{\BRbooknumberstyle{2}\BRbookof Kings}
+\csdef{bri@1Chr}{\BRbooknumberstyle{1}\BRbookof Chronicles}
+\csdef{bri@2Chr}{\BRbooknumberstyle{2}\BRbookof Chronicles}
+\csdef{bri@Ezra}{\BRbookof Ezra}
+\csdef{bri@Neh}{\BRbookof Nehemiah}
+\csdef{bri@Esth}{\BRbookof Esther}
+\csdef{bri@Job}{\BRbookof Job}
+\csdef{bri@Ps}{\BRbookof Psalms}
+\csdef{bri@Prov}{\BRbookof Proverbs}
+\csdef{bri@Eccl}{\BRbookof Ecclesiastes}
+\csdef{bri@Song}{\BRbookof Song of Songs}
+\csdef{bri@Isa}{\BRbookof Isaiah}
+\csdef{bri@Jer}{\BRbookof Jeremiah}
+\csdef{bri@Lam}{\BRbookof Lamentations}
+\csdef{bri@Ezek}{\BRbookof Ezekiel}
+\csdef{bri@Dan}{\BRbookof Daniel}
+\csdef{bri@Hos}{\BRbookof Hosea}
+\csdef{bri@Joel}{\BRbookof Joel}
+\csdef{bri@Amos}{\BRbookof Amos}
+\csdef{bri@Obad}{\BRbookof Obadiah}
+\csdef{bri@Jonah}{\BRbookof Jonah}
+\csdef{bri@Mic}{\BRbookof Micah}
+\csdef{bri@Nah}{\BRbookof Nahum}
+\csdef{bri@Hab}{\BRbookof Habakkuk}
+\csdef{bri@Zeph}{\BRbookof Zephaniah}
+\csdef{bri@Hag}{\BRbookof Haggai}
+\csdef{bri@Zech}{\BRbookof Zechariah}
+\csdef{bri@Mal}{\BRbookof Malachi}
+
+\csdef{bri@Matt}{\BRbookof Matthew}
+\csdef{bri@Mark}{\BRbookof Mark}
+\csdef{bri@Luke}{\BRbookof Luke}
+\csdef{bri@John}{\BRbookof John}
+\csdef{bri@Acts}{\BRbookof Acts}
+\csdef{bri@Rom}{\BRbookof Romans}
+\csdef{bri@1Cor}{\BRbooknumberstyle{1}\BRbookof Corinthians}
+\csdef{bri@2Cor}{\BRbooknumberstyle{2}\BRbookof Corinthians}
+\csdef{bri@Gal}{\BRbookof Galatians}
+\csdef{bri@Eph}{\BRbookof Ephesians}
+\csdef{bri@Phil}{\BRbookof Philippians}
+\csdef{bri@Col}{\BRbookof Colossians}
+\csdef{bri@1Thess}{\BRbooknumberstyle{1}\BRbookof Thessalonians}
+\csdef{bri@2Thess}{\BRbooknumberstyle{2}\BRbookof Thessalonians}
+\csdef{bri@1Tim}{\BRbooknumberstyle{1}\BRbookof Timothy}
+\csdef{bri@2Tim}{\BRbooknumberstyle{2}\BRbookof Timothy}
+\csdef{bri@Titus}{\BRbookof Titus}
+\csdef{bri@Phlm}{\BRbookof Philemon}
+\csdef{bri@Heb}{\BRbookof Hebrews}
+\csdef{bri@Jas}{\BRbookof James}
+\csdef{bri@1Pet}{\BRbooknumberstyle{1}\BRbookof Peter}
+\csdef{bri@2Pet}{\BRbooknumberstyle{2}\BRbookof Peter}
+\csdef{bri@1John}{\BRbooknumberstyle{1}\BRbookof John}
+\csdef{bri@2John}{\BRbooknumberstyle{2}\BRbookof John}
+\csdef{bri@3John}{\BRbooknumberstyle{3}\BRbookof John}
+\csdef{bri@Jude}{\BRbookof Jude}
+\csdef{bri@Rev}{\BRbookof Revelation}
+
+\csdef{br@oldtestament}{Old Testament}
+\csdef{br@newtestament}{New Testament}
+
+\biblerefmap{Gen}{01@\br@oldtestament !01}
+\biblerefmap{Exod}{01@\br@oldtestament !02}
+\biblerefmap{Lev}{01@\br@oldtestament !03}
+\biblerefmap{Num}{01@\br@oldtestament !04}
+\biblerefmap{Deut}{01@\br@oldtestament !05}
+\biblerefmap{Josh}{01@\br@oldtestament !06}
+\biblerefmap{Judg}{01@\br@oldtestament !07}
+\biblerefmap{Ruth}{01@\br@oldtestament !08}
+\biblerefmap{Sam1}{01@\br@oldtestament !09}
+\biblerefmap{Sam2}{01@\br@oldtestament !10}
+\biblerefmap{Kgs1}{01@\br@oldtestament !11}
+\biblerefmap{Kgs2}{01@\br@oldtestament !12}
+\biblerefmap{Chr1}{01@\br@oldtestament !13}
+\biblerefmap{Chr2}{01@\br@oldtestament !14}
+\biblerefmap{Ezra}{01@\br@oldtestament !15}
+\biblerefmap{Neh}{01@\br@oldtestament !16}
+\biblerefmap{Esth}{01@\br@oldtestament !17}
+\biblerefmap{Job}{01@\br@oldtestament !18}
+\biblerefmap{Ps}{01@\br@oldtestament !19}
+\biblerefmap{Prov}{01@\br@oldtestament !20}
+\biblerefmap{Eccl}{01@\br@oldtestament !21}
+\biblerefmap{Song}{01@\br@oldtestament !22}
+\biblerefmap{Isa}{01@\br@oldtestament !23}
+\biblerefmap{Jer}{01@\br@oldtestament !24}
+\biblerefmap{Lam}{01@\br@oldtestament !25}
+\biblerefmap{Ezek}{01@\br@oldtestament !26}
+\biblerefmap{Dan}{01@\br@oldtestament !27}
+\biblerefmap{Hos}{01@\br@oldtestament !28}
+\biblerefmap{Joel}{01@\br@oldtestament !29}
+\biblerefmap{Amos}{01@\br@oldtestament !30}
+\biblerefmap{Obad}{01@\br@oldtestament !31}
+\biblerefmap{Jonah}{01@\br@oldtestament !32}
+\biblerefmap{Mic}{01@\br@oldtestament !33}
+\biblerefmap{Nah}{01@\br@oldtestament !34}
+\biblerefmap{Hab}{01@\br@oldtestament !35}
+\biblerefmap{Zeph}{01@\br@oldtestament !36}
+\biblerefmap{Hag}{01@\br@oldtestament !37}
+\biblerefmap{Zech}{01@\br@oldtestament !38}
+\biblerefmap{Mal}{01@\br@oldtestament !39}
+
+\biblerefmap{Matt}{02@\br@newtestament !01}
+\biblerefmap{Mark}{02@\br@newtestament !02}
+\biblerefmap{Luke}{02@\br@newtestament !03}
+\biblerefmap{John}{02@\br@newtestament !04}
+\biblerefmap{Acts}{02@\br@newtestament !05}
+\biblerefmap{Rom}{02@\br@newtestament !06}
+\biblerefmap{Cor1}{02@\br@newtestament !07}
+\biblerefmap{Cor2}{02@\br@newtestament !08}
+\biblerefmap{Gal}{02@\br@newtestament !09}
+\biblerefmap{Eph}{02@\br@newtestament !10}
+\biblerefmap{Phil}{02@\br@newtestament !11}
+\biblerefmap{Col}{02@\br@newtestament !12}
+\biblerefmap{Thess1}{02@\br@newtestament !13}
+\biblerefmap{Thess2}{02@\br@newtestament !14}
+\biblerefmap{Tim1}{02@\br@newtestament !15}
+\biblerefmap{Tim2}{02@\br@newtestament !16}
+\biblerefmap{Titus}{02@\br@newtestament !17}
+\biblerefmap{Phlm}{02@\br@newtestament !18}
+\biblerefmap{Heb}{02@\br@newtestament !19}
+\biblerefmap{Jas}{02@\br@newtestament !20}
+\biblerefmap{Pet1}{02@\br@newtestament !21}
+\biblerefmap{Pet2}{02@\br@newtestament !22}
+\biblerefmap{John1}{02@\br@newtestament !23}
+\biblerefmap{John2}{02@\br@newtestament !24}
+\biblerefmap{John3}{02@\br@newtestament !25}
+\biblerefmap{Jude}{02@\br@newtestament !26}
+\biblerefmap{Rev}{02@\br@newtestament !27}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-spanish.lbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-spanish.lbx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..20d49d58335
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-spanish.lbx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+\ProvidesFile{sbl-spanish.lbx}[\sbl@abx@lbxid]
+
+\DeclareBibliographyStrings{%
+  inherit          = {spanish},
+  to               = {{a}{a}},
+  of               = {{de}{de}},
+  with             = {{con}{con}},
+  byeditor         = {{editado por}{ed\adddotspace por}},
+  bytranslator     = {{traducido \lbx@lfromlang\ por}{trad\adddot}},
+  withpreface      = {{con un prefacio por}{con un prefacio por}},
+  introduction     = {{Introducci{\'o}n}{Introducci{\'o}n}},
+  foreword         = {{Presentaci{\'o}n}{Presentaci{\'o}n}},
+  reprint          = {{reimp\adddot}{reimp\adddot}},
+  paperpresented   = {{documento presentado a}{documento presentado a}},
+  phdthesis        = {{Tesis}{Tesis}},
+  released         = {{publicado}{publicado}},
+  withassistance   = {{con la asistencia de}{con la asistencia de}},
+  byeditortr       = {{Traducido \lbx@lfromlang\isdot\space y editado por}%
+                      {trad\adddotspace \lbx@sfromlang\isdot\space y ed\adddotspace por}},
+  byeditorco       = {{comentario y editado por}%
+                      {com\adddotspace y ed\adddotspace por}},
+  byeditoran       = {{anotado y editado por}%
+                      {anot\adddotspace y ed\adddotspace por}}
+}
+
+\InheritBibliographyExtras{spanish}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+  \DeclarePunctuationPairs{colon}{*}%
+}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.bbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.bbx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..496bb634416
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.bbx
@@ -0,0 +1,389 @@
+\blx@inputonce{biblatex-sbl.def}{biblatex-sbl definitions and macros}{}{}{}{}
+
+\ProvidesFile{sbl.bbx}[\sbl@abx@bbxid]
+
+\AtBeginBibliography{%
+  \citereset
+  \global\undef\bbx@lasthash
+  \def\abx@str{abx@lstr}%
+  \def\blx@entryset#1{\bbx@entryset{#1}}
+  \def\blx@entryset@i#1{\bbx@entryset@i{#1}}
+  \renewcommand*{\relateddelim}{\addperiod\space}
+  \renewcommand*{\revsdnamedelim}{\addcomma}%
+  \DeclareNameAlias{author}{sortname}%
+  \DeclareNameAlias{editor}{sortname}%
+  \DeclareNameAlias{translator}{sortname}%
+  \renewcommand*{\newunitpunct}{\addperiod\space}%
+  \renewbibmacro{dashcheck}[2]{\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck}{#1}{#2}}%
+  \renewbibmacro*{savehash}{\savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+  \sloppy
+}
+
+\AtEveryBibitem{%
+  \global\togglefalse{relatedseen}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{classictext}{%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \DeclareFieldFormat[classictext]{title}{\mkbibemph{##1}}%
+  \clearfield{related}%
+  \usedriver{}{incollection}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{ancienttext}{%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{ANRW}
+    {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+     \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{title}%
+     \newunit
+     \entrydata{\thefield{related}}{%
+       \printtext[title]{%
+         \bibhyperlink{\strfield{shorthand}}{\thefield{shorthand}}}}%
+     \setunit{\addspace}%
+     \usebibmacro{volume+part+pages}%
+     \newunit
+     \entrydata{\thefield{related}}{\printfield{titleaddon}}%
+     \clearfield{pages}%
+     \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+     \usebibmacro{volume+part+pages}%
+     \newunit
+     \entrydata{\thefield{related}}{\usebibmacro{bymaineditor+others}}%
+     \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}%
+     \newunit}
+    {\DeclareFieldFormat[ancienttext]{title}{\mkbibemph{##1}}%
+     \clearfield{related}%
+     \usedriver{}{book}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{%
+  \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{title}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{shortjournal+issuetitle}%
+  \printfield[plainpages]{pages}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{releasedate}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
+  \newunit
+  \iftoggle{relatedseen}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+     \usebibmacro{related}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{book}{%
+  \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \iftoggle{blx@abbrevcite}
+    {\usebibmacro{title}%
+     \newunit
+     \printnames[default]{author}}
+    {\usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{title}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{byauthor}}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{volume+part}%
+  \usebibmacro{maintitle}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{bymaineditor+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \printfield{edition}%
+  \newunit
+  \printfield{volumes}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
+  \newunit
+  \iftoggle{relatedseen}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+     \usebibmacro{related}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{suppbook}{%
+  \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \printfield{type}%
+  \setunit{\addspace}%
+  \usebibmacro{to}%
+  \usebibmacro{booktitle+maintitle}%
+  \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+  \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \printfield{edition}%
+  \newunit
+  \printfield{volumes}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}%
+  \newunit%
+  \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
+  \iftoggle{relatedseen}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+     \usebibmacro{related}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incommentary}{%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \iffieldundef{volume}
+    {\usedriver{}{incollection}}
+    {\iftoggle{fullbibrefs}
+       {\usedriver{}{incollection}}
+       {\usedriver{}{incommentary:short}}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incommentary:short}{%
+  \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{title}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{xrefshortmaintitle}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
+  \newunit
+  \iftoggle{relatedseen}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+     \usebibmacro{related}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incollection}{%
+  \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{title}%
+  \ifentrytype{bookinbook}
+    {\newunit
+     \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}
+    {}%
+  \newunit
+  \printfield[pagesin]{pages}%
+  \iffieldundef{booktitle}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{booktitle}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{bybookeditor+others}%
+     \newunit}
+  \usebibmacro{involume+part}%
+  \usebibmacro{maintitle}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{bymaineditor+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \printfield{edition}%
+  \newunit
+  \printfield{volumes}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
+  \iftoggle{relatedseen}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+     \usebibmacro{related}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inlexicon}{%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inreference}{%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \iffieldundef{volume}
+    {\usedriver{}{incollection}}
+    {\iftoggle{fullbibrefs}
+       {\usedriver{}{incollection}}
+       {\usedriver{}{inreference:short}}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inreference:short}{%
+  \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{title}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{xrefshortbooktitle+xrefshortmaintitle}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
+  \newunit
+  \iftoggle{relatedseen}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+     \usebibmacro{related}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{review}{%
+  \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{title}%
+  \iffieldundef{title}
+    {\newunit}
+    {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+  \usebibmacro{revdtitle}%
+  \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+  \usebibmacro{revdauthor/revdeditor}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{shortjournal+issuetitle}%
+  \printfield[plainpages]{pages}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
+  \newunit
+  \iftoggle{relatedseen}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+     \usebibmacro{related}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{seminarpaper}{%
+  \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{title}%
+  \newunit
+  \printfield[pagesin]{pages}%
+  \iffieldundef{booktitle}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{booktitle}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{bybookeditor+others}%
+     \newunit}
+  \usebibmacro{involume+part}%
+  \usebibmacro{maintitle}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{bymaineditor+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \printfield{edition}%
+  \newunit
+  \printfield{volumes}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
+  \newunit
+  \iftoggle{relatedseen}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+     \usebibmacro{related}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{thesis}{%
+  \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \usebibmacro{author}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{title}%
+  \newunit
+  \printfield{type}%
+  \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+  \usebibmacro{institution+location+date}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
+  \newunit
+  \iftoggle{relatedseen}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+     \usebibmacro{related}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{misc}{%
+  \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{title}%
+  \newunit
+  \printfield{note}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \printfield{howpublished}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}%
+  \newunit
+  \iffieldundef{journaltitle}
+    {\usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}}
+    {\usebibmacro{shortjournal+issuetitle}%
+     \printfield[plainpages]{pages}}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
+  \newunit
+  \iftoggle{relatedseen}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+     \usebibmacro{related}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{conferencepaper}{%
+  \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \usebibmacro{author}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{title}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{eventtitle}%
+  \newunit
+  \printfield{note}%
+  \newunit
+  \printfield{organization}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{venue+eventdate}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
+  \newunit
+  \iftoggle{relatedseen}
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+     \usebibmacro{related}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.cbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.cbx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5520ab65e0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.cbx
@@ -0,0 +1,614 @@
+\blx@inputonce{biblatex-sbl.def}{biblatex-sbl definitions and macros}{}{}{}{}
+
+\ProvidesFile{sbl.cbx}[\sbl@abx@cbxid]
+
+\newbool{suppresspostnote}
+\newbool{usevolpostnotedelim}
+
+\newtoggle{cbx:loccit}
+\newtoggle{usingibid}
+\newtoggle{relatedseen}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite}{%
+  \boolfalse{suppresspostnote}%
+  \boolfalse{usevolpostnotedelim}%
+  \global\togglefalse{usingibid}%
+  \ifciteseen
+    {\global\toggletrue{relatedseen}}
+    {\global\togglefalse{relatedseen}}%
+  \ifciteseen{}{\iffieldundef{pages}{}{\booltrue{suppresspostnote}}}%
+  \iffieldundef{shorthand}
+    {\ifciteseen{}{\bibhypertarget{\strfield{entrykey}}{}}}
+    {}%
+  \printtext{%
+    \ifboolexpr{%
+        test {\ifciteibid}
+        and
+        not test {\iffirstonpage}}
+      {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}}
+      {\usebibmacro{ifuseshorthand}
+         {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}
+         {\usedriver{}{cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}}}}
+
+% redefine default loccit tracker so that citations with no postnote also match
+\def\blx@loccit@tracker#1{%
+  \global\csundef{blx@lastnote@#1@\abx@field@entrykey}%
+  \blx@imc@iffieldundef{postnote}
+    {\global\cslet{blx@lastnote@#1@\abx@field@entrykey}\abx@field@entrykey}
+    {\global\cslet{blx@lastnote@#1@\abx@field@entrykey}\abx@field@postnote}%
+  \xifinlistcs\abx@field@entrykey{blx@trackkeys@#1}
+    {}
+    {\listcsxadd{blx@trackkeys@#1}\abx@field@entrykey}}
+
+\def\blx@loccit@check#1{%
+  \blx@imc@iffieldundef{postnote}
+    {\blx@imc@iffieldequalcs{entrykey}{blx@lastnote@#1@\abx@field@entrykey}}
+    {\blx@imc@iffieldequalcs{postnote}{blx@lastnote@#1@\abx@field@entrykey}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:ibid}{%
+  \usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+  \global\toggletrue{usingibid}%
+  \printtext[bibhyperlink]{\bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}}%
+  \ifloccit
+    {\global\booltrue{suppresspostnote}}
+    {}}
+
+\newbibmacro{shorthand}{%
+  \iffieldsequal{shorthand}{shorttitle}
+    {\printtext{\mkbibemph{\printtext{%
+       \bibhyperlink{\strfield{shorthand}}{\thefield{shorthand}}}}}}
+    {\printtext{\bibhyperlink{\strfield{shorthand}}{\thefield{shorthand}}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{%
+  \togglefalse{blx@citeindex}%
+  \global\toggletrue{relatedseen}%
+  \usebibmacro{shorthand}%
+  \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{RIMA}
+    {\restorefield{volume}{\abx@field@number}}
+    {}%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+    test {\ifentrytype{ancienttext}}
+    and
+    not test {\iffieldundef{related}}
+  }
+    {\usebibmacro{setaltpostnotedelim}%
+     \setunit{\postnotedelim}%
+     \printfield{altpostnote}%
+     \setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printtext[parens]{%
+       \usebibmacro{related:init}%
+       \usebibmacro{related}%
+       \usebibmacro{volume+part+postnote}}} 
+    {}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{bibentrycite}{%
+  \citereset
+  \global\togglefalse{relatedseen}%
+  \toggletrue{blx@bibliography}%
+  \def\abx@str{abx@lstr}%
+  \renewcommand*{\revsdnamedelim}{\addcomma}%
+  \setcounter{maxnames}{100}%
+  \setcounter{maxitems}{100}%
+  \DeclareNameAlias{author}{sortname}%
+  \DeclareNameAlias{editor}{sortname}%
+  \DeclareNameAlias{translator}{sortname}%
+  \renewcommand*{\newunitpunct}{\addperiod\space}%
+  \sloppy
+  \printtext{\usedriver{}{\thefield{entrytype}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{biblistcite}{%
+  \sloppy
+  \hangindent 6em\rlap
+    {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shortjournal}%
+     \iffieldundef{shorthand}
+       {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shortseries}}
+       {\iffieldsequal{shorthand}{shorttitle}
+          {\printtext{\mkbibemph{\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}}}
+          {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}}}%
+  \renewcommand*{\bibhypertarget}[2]{##2}%
+  \hskip 6em \setunit{}\usedriver{}{abbreviations}\par
+}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{%
+  \iffieldundef{shorthand}
+    {}
+    {\iftoggle{usingibid}
+       {}
+       {\usebibmacro{setpostnotedelim}}}%
+  \ifbool{suppresspostnote}{}{%
+    \ifboolexpr{%
+      not test {\iffieldundef{postnote}}
+      or
+      not test {\iffieldundef{pages}}
+    }
+      {\ifbool{usevolpostnotedelim}
+         {\setunit{\volpostnotedelim}}
+         {\setunit{\postnotedelim}}%
+       \usebibmacro{postnote}}
+      {}}%
+  \iftoggle{relatedseen}
+    {}
+    {\iffieldundef{related}
+       {}
+       {\setunit{\addsemicolon\space}%
+        \usebibmacro{related:init}%
+        \usebibmacro{related}}}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote]
+  {\usebibmacro{prenote}}
+  {\usebibmacro{cite}}
+  {\multicitedelim}
+  {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite}
+  {\usebibmacro{prenote}}
+  {\usebibmacro{cite}}
+  {\multicitedelim}
+  {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\bibentrycite}
+  {}
+  {\usebibmacro{bibentrycite}}
+  {\multicitedelim}
+  {}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\biblistcite}
+  {}
+  {\usebibmacro{biblistcite}}
+  {}
+  {}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens]
+  {\usebibmacro{prenote}}
+  {\usebibmacro{cite}}
+  {\multicitedelim}
+  {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote]
+  {\usebibmacro{prenote}}
+  {\usebibmacro{cite}}
+  {\multicitedelim}
+  {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext]
+  {\usebibmacro{prenote}}
+  {\usebibmacro{cite}}
+  {\multicitedelim}
+  {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\citeseries}
+  {}
+  {\usebibmacro{shortseries}}
+  {}
+  {}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\citejournal}
+  {}
+  {\usebibmacro{shortjournal}}
+  {}
+  {}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\citeshorthand}
+  {}
+  {\usebibmacro{shorthand}}
+  {}
+  {}
+
+
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+% CITE DRIVERS
+% ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:set}{%
+  \ifciteseen
+    {%
+     \printnames{labelname}%
+     \newunit%
+     \printtext[bibhyperlink]{%
+       \iffieldundef{shorttitle}
+         {\printfield[citetitle]{title}}
+         {\printfield[citetitle]{shorttitle}}}}
+    {\booltrue{bbx@inset}%
+     \entryset{}{}%
+     \newunit\newblock
+     \usebibmacro{setpageref}%
+     \finentry
+     \global\boolfalse{suppresspostnote}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:ancienttext}{%
+  \usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+  \togglefalse{blx@citeindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \usebibmacro{author}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{title}%
+  \newunit
+  \printfield{altpostnote}%
+  \newunit
+  \ifciteseen
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}%
+  \ifboolexpr{
+    test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{ANRW}}
+    or
+    test {\ifboolexpr{
+            test {\ifciteseen}
+            and
+            test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{COS}}
+         }}
+  }
+    {\newunit
+     \usebibmacro{related:init}%
+     \usebibmacro{related}%
+     \usebibmacro{volume+part+postnote}}
+    {\setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printtext[parens]{%
+       \usebibmacro{related:init}%
+       \usebibmacro{related}%
+       \usebibmacro{volume+part+postnote}}}%
+  \global\toggletrue{relatedseen}
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:classictext}{%
+  \usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+  \togglefalse{blx@citeindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite}
+    {}
+    {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}%
+  \usebibmacro{author}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{shorttitlenohyperlink}%
+  \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{churchfather}
+    {\setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printfield{altpostnote}%
+     \setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printtext[parens]{%
+       \usebibmacro{related:init}%
+       \usebibmacro{related}%
+       \usebibmacro{volume+part+postnote}}%
+     \global\toggletrue{relatedseen}}
+    {\usebibmacro{volume+part+postnote}%
+     \usebibmacro{classic:translator+series}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:article}{%
+  \usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite}
+    {}
+    {\let\ifciteseen\@firtoftwo}%
+  \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{title}%
+  \ifciteseen
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{shortjournal+issuetitle}%
+     \usebibmacro{pages}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{releasedate}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:book}{%
+  \usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite}
+    {}
+    {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}%
+  \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{title}%
+  \ifciteseen
+    {}
+    {\newunit
+     \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{volumeof}%
+     \usebibmacro{maintitle}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{bymaineditor+others}%
+     \newunit
+     \printfield{volumes}%
+     \newunit
+     \printfield{edition}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}%
+     \usebibmacro{parens+publisher+location+date}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}%
+  \usebibmacro{volume+part+nomaintitle}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:suppbook}{%
+  \usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite}
+    {}
+    {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}%
+  \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \ifciteseen
+    {\printfield{type}}
+    {\printfield{type}%
+     \setunit{\addspace}%
+     \usebibmacro{to}%
+     \usebibmacro{booktitle}%
+     \setunit*{\newunitpunct}%
+     \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+     \setunit*{\newunitpunct}%
+     \usebibmacro{bybookeditor+others}%
+     \setunit*{\newunitpunct}%
+     \usebibmacro{volumeof}%
+     \usebibmacro{maintitle}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{bymaineditor+others}%
+     \newunit
+     \printfield{volumes}%
+     \newunit
+     \printfield{edition}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}%
+     \usebibmacro{parens+publisher+location+date}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{pages}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:commentary}{%
+  \usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite}
+    {}
+    {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}%
+  \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{title}%
+  \ifciteseen
+    {}
+    {\printfield{volumes}%
+     \newunit
+     \printfield{edition}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}%
+     \usebibmacro{parens+publisher+location+date}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:incommentary}{%
+  \usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite}
+    {}
+    {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}%
+  \iffieldundef{volume}
+    {\usedriver{}{cite:incollection}}
+    {\iffieldundef{xref}{}{\addskipentry{\thefield{xref}}}%
+     \cbx@opt@citepages@omit
+     \global\booltrue{suppresspostnote}%
+     \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{xrefshortmaintitle}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%
+     \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:incollection}{%
+  \usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite}
+    {}
+    {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}%
+  \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{title}%
+  \ifciteseen
+    {}
+    {\ifentrytype{bookinbook}
+       {\newunit
+        \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}
+       {}%
+     \usebibmacro{in}%
+     \usebibmacro{booktitle}%
+     \setunit*{\newunitpunct}%
+     \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+     \setunit*{\newunitpunct}%
+     \usebibmacro{bybookeditor+others}%
+     \setunit*{\newunitpunct}%
+     \usebibmacro{volumeof}%
+     \usebibmacro{maintitle}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{bymaineditor+others}%
+     \newunit
+     \printfield{volumes}%
+     \newunit
+     \printfield{edition}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}%
+     \usebibmacro{parens+publisher+location+date}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{volume+part+pages}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:inlexicon}{%
+  \usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite}
+    {}
+    {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}%
+  \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \ifciteseen
+    {\usebibmacro{xrefshortbooktitle+xrefshortmaintitle}%
+     \usebibmacro{volume}}
+    {\usebibmacro{title}%
+     \usebibmacro{xrefshortbooktitle+xrefshortmaintitle}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:inreference}{%
+  \usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite}
+    {}
+    {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}%
+  \iffieldundef{xref}{}{\addskipentry{\thefield{xref}}}%
+  \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{title}%
+  \ifciteseen
+    {\newunit
+     \iffieldundef{volume}
+       {}
+       {\newunit
+        \global\booltrue{usevolpostnotedelim}%
+        \printfield{volume}}}
+    {\usebibmacro{xrefshortbooktitle+xrefshortmaintitle}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:review}{%
+  \usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite}
+    {}
+    {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}%
+  \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{title}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{revdtitle}%
+  \newunit
+  \ifciteseen
+    {\setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printtext[parens]{\usebibmacro{revdauthor/revdeditor}}}
+    {\usebibmacro{revdauthor/revdeditor}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{shortjournal+issuetitle}%
+     \usebibmacro{pages}%
+     \renewcommand*{\newunitpunct}{\addperiod\space}%
+     \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:seminarpaper}{%
+  \usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite}
+    {}
+    {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}%
+  \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{title}%
+  \ifciteseen
+    {}
+    {\usebibmacro{booktitle}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{bybookeditor+others}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{volumeof}%
+     \usebibmacro{maintitle}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{bymaineditor+others}%
+     \newunit
+     \printfield{volumes}%
+     \newunit
+     \printfield{edition}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}%
+     \usebibmacro{parens+publisher+location+date}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{volume+part+pages}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:thesis}{%
+  \usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite}
+    {}
+    {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}%
+  \usebibmacro{author}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{title}%
+  \ifciteseen
+    {}
+    {\setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printtext[parens]{%
+       \renewcommand*{\newunitpunct}{\addsemicolon\space}%
+       \printfield{type}%
+       \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+       \usebibmacro{institution+location+date}}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:misc}{%
+  \usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite}
+    {}
+    {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}%
+  \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{title}%
+  \ifciteseen
+    {}
+    {\printfield{note}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+     \newunit
+     \printfield{howpublished}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}%
+     \newunit
+     \iffieldundef{journaltitle}
+       {\setunit{\addspace}%
+        \printtext[parens]{%
+        \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}}}
+       {\usebibmacro{shortjournal+issuetitle}%
+        \usebibmacro{pages}}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:conferencepaper}{%
+  \usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+  \usebibmacro{begentry}%
+  \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite}
+    {}
+    {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}%
+  \usebibmacro{author}%
+  \newunit
+  \usebibmacro{title}%
+  \ifciteseen
+    {}
+    {\setunit{\addspace}%
+     \printtext[parens]{%
+       \usebibmacro{eventtitle}%
+       \newunit
+       \printfield{note}%
+       \newunit
+       \printfield{organization}%
+       \newunit
+       \usebibmacro{venue+eventdate}}%
+     \newunit
+     \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}%
+  \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.dbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.dbx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6cda9897097
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.dbx
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+\ProvidesFile{sbl.dbx}[biblatex-sbl database structure]
+
+\DeclareDatamodelEntrytypes{
+  ancienttext,
+  conferencepaper,
+  incommentary,
+  inlexicon,
+  review,
+  seminarpaper}
+
+\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field, datatype=literal]{
+  seriesseries,
+  revdtitle,
+  revdshorttitle,
+  revdsubtitle,
+  revdtitleaddon,
+  shortbooktitle,
+  shortmaintitle,
+  withauthortype,
+  witheditortype,
+  withtranslatortype,
+  withbookauthortype,
+  withbookeditortype,
+  withbooktranslatortype,
+  withmainauthortype,
+  withmaineditortype,
+  withmaintranslatortype}
+
+\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=list, datatype=name]{
+  bookeditor,
+  booktranslator,
+  maineditor,
+  maintranslator,
+  revdauthor,
+  revdeditor,
+  withauthor,
+  witheditor,
+  withtranslator,
+  withbookauthor,
+  withbookeditor,
+  withbooktranslator,
+  withmainauthor,
+  withmaineditor,
+  withmaintranslator}
+
+\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field, datatype=date]{
+  releasedate}
+
+\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field, datatype=datepart]{
+  releaseday,
+  releasemonth,
+  releaseyear}
+
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check b/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check
index 242fa193fa0..2d8f7ba4390 100755
--- a/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ my @TLP_working = qw(
     biblatex-nature biblatex-nejm biblatex-nottsclassic
     biblatex-opcit-booktitle
     biblatex-philosophy biblatex-phys biblatex-publist
-    biblatex-realauthor biblatex-science
+    biblatex-realauthor biblatex-sbl biblatex-science
     biblatex-source-division biblatex-subseries biblatex-swiss-legal
     biblatex-trad biblatex-true-citepages-omit
     bibleref bibleref-french bibleref-german bibleref-lds bibleref-mouth
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/biblatex-sbl.tlpsrc b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/biblatex-sbl.tlpsrc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e69de29bb2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/biblatex-sbl.tlpsrc
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-bibtexextra.tlpsrc b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-bibtexextra.tlpsrc
index 1fd00dcb687..be1debae509 100644
--- a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-bibtexextra.tlpsrc
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-bibtexextra.tlpsrc
@@ -52,6 +52,7 @@ depend biblatex-philosophy
 depend biblatex-phys
 depend biblatex-publist
 depend biblatex-realauthor
+depend biblatex-sbl
 depend biblatex-science
 depend biblatex-source-division
 depend biblatex-subseries